Family 8233+01 IBM Power 750 Express ServerIBM United States Sales Manual
 Back to top
The IBM Power 750 Express server (8233-E8B) supports up to four of the following processor cards in a rack-mount drawer configuration: 6-core 3.3 GHz (#8335) 8-core 3.0 GHz (#8332) 8-core 3.3 GHz (#8334); 8-core 3.5 GHz (#8336) 4-core 3.6 GHz (#EPA1) 6-core 3.7 GHz (#EPA2); 8-core 3.7 GHz (#EPA3) 8-core 3.2 GHz (#EPA4). The POWER7 processors in this server are 64-bit, 4-core, 6-core and 8-core modules packaged on dedicated processor cards with 4 MB of L3 cache/core and 256 KB of L2 cache/core." Model Abstract 8233-E8BThe
IBM 8233 Power 750 Express Server Model E8B has POWER7 processors that
offer 4-core to 32-core configuration options.
The Power 750 Express server is a powerful 1-to 4-socket server that supports up to 32 cores with the configuration flexibility to meet today's growth and tomorrow's processing needs. The server features:
Back to top
The Power 750 Express server supports a maximum of 32 DDR3 DIMM slots, eight per processor card. Memory features (two memory DIMMs per feature) supported are 8 GB, 16 GB, and 32 GB and run at speeds of 1066 MHz. A system with four processor cards installed has a maximum memory of 512 GB. Also, the optional Active Memory Expansion can allow the effective maximum memory capacity to be much larger than the true physical memory. Innovative compression/decompression of memory content using processor cycles can allow memory expansion up to 100%. A server with a maximum of 512 GB can effectively be expanded up to 1 TB. This can enhance virtualization and server consolidation by allowing a partition to do significantly more work with the same physical amount of memory or a server to run more partitions and do more work with the same physical amount of memory. The Power 750 Express server provides great I/O expandability. For example, with 12X-attached I/O drawers, you can have up to 50 PCI-X slots or up to 41 PCIe slots. This combination can provide over 100 LAN ports or over 72 WAN ports, or up to 576 disk drives (over 240 TB disk storage). Extensive quantities of externally attached storage and tape drives and libraries can also be attached. The Power 750 Express system unit without I/O drawers can contain a maximum of either eight SFF SAS disks or eight SFF SAS SSDs, providing up to 2.4 TB. All disks and SSDs are direct dock and hot pluggable. The eight SAS bays can be split into two sets of four bays for additional AIX/Linux configuration flexibility. The system unit also contains a slimline DVD-RAM, plus a half-high media bay for an optional tape drive or removable disk drive. Also available in the Power 750 system unit is a choice of quad gigabit or dual 10 Gb integrated host Ethernet adapters. These native ports can be selected at the time of initial order. Virtualization of these integrated Ethernet adapters is supported. Other integrated features include:
Power 750 Summary of standard features:
The minimum Power 750 configuration must include a processor, processor activations, memory, two power supplies and power cords, one or two DASD, a DASD/SSD/Media backplanes, an operator panel cable, an Ethernet daughter card, a DVD-RAM, an operating system indicator, and a Language Group Specify. The minimum defined configuration, if no choice is made, when AIX or Linux is the primary operating system is:
Feature number Description
-------------- ----------------------------------------------------
EPA3 0/4 core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor
4 x EPB3 4 Processor Activations
4526 8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
1883 73.4 GB 15k SFF DASD
1878 Operator Panel Cable, Rack-mount drawer with
2.5-inch DASD Backplane
8340 DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5-inch DASD/SATA
DVD/Tape with External SAS Port
5624 Quad-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card
2 x 7740 Two Power Supplies, 1725 Watt AC, Base
5762 SATA DVD-RAM
9300/97xx) Language Group Specify
2146 or 2147 Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM AIX (2146)
or Linux (2147)
2 x 6xxx Two Power Cords
Note: The 8 GB memory feature (#4526) is planned to be available on March 16, 2010. Note: No internal DASD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected. The minimum defined configuration, if no choice is made, when IBM i is the primary operating system is:
Feature number Description
-------------- ----------------------------------------------------
EPA3 0/4 core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor
4 x EPB3 4 Processor Activations
4526 8 GB (2 x 4096 MB) Memory
2 x 1884 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1878 Operator Panel Cable, Rack-mount drawer with
2.5-inch DASD Backplane
8340 DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5-inch DASD/SATA
DVD/Tape with External SAS Port
5624 Quad-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card
2 x 7740 Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Base
5762 SATA DVD-RAM
9300/97xx) Language Group Specify
2145 Primary Operating System Indicator - IBM i
0040 Mirrored System Disk Level Specify Code
0566 IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
2 x 6xxx Two Power Cords
Note: No internal DASD is required if feature 0837 (Boot from SAN) is selected. A Fibre Channel adapter must be ordered if feature 0837 is selected. IBM Editions IBM Editions are available only as initial order. If you order a Power 750 Express server IBM Edition as defined below, you can qualify for half the initial configuration's processor core activations at no addition charge. The total memory (based on the number of cores) and the quantity/size of disk, SSD, Fibre Channel adapters, or Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) adapters shipped with the server are the only features that determine if a customer is entitled to a processor activation at no additional charge. Specifically, with an IBM Edition, processor activations for the processor card options are:
When you purchase an IBM Edition, you can purchase an AIX, IBM i, or Linux operating system license, or you may choose to purchase the system with no operating system. The AIX, IBM i, or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 5.3 or 6.1, IBM i 6.1.1, and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server. If you choose AIX 5.3 or 6.1 for your primary operating system, you can also order IBM i 6.1.1 and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server. The converse is true if you choose an IBM i or Linux subscription as your primary operating system. These sample configurations can be changed as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge. However, selection of total memory or DASD/SSD/Fibre Channel/FCoE adapter quantities smaller than the totals defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an IBM Edition and the no-charge processor activations are then removed. Processor activations are only available to Solution Delivery Integration (SDIs) as MES orders. Processor cards ordered separately after the initial order are not eligible for no-charge processor activations. Edition minimum memory definition details: A minimum of 4 GB memory per core is needed to qualify for the IBM Edition, except on the 6-core IBM Edition where there is a 32 GB minimum memory requirement. For example, a 6-core minimum is 32 GB, an 8-core minimum is 32 GB, and a 12-core minimum is 48 GB. There can be many different valid memory configurations that meet the minimum 4 GB per core requirement. For example:
Note: The 8 GB memory feature (#4526) is planned to be available on March 16, 2010. Note: In the memory requirements, #EM08 can replace #4526, #EM16 can replace #4527, and #EM32 can replace #4528. Note: You can also mix different size memory features on the same server and meet the minimum memory requirements for the IBM Edition benefit as long as at least 4 GB per core is attained. For example, the 1 x 16 GB memory feature (#4527) can replace the 2 x 8 GB feature (#4526). However, all memory features on an individual processor card must be identical. Edition minimum Disk/SSD/Fibre Channel/FCoE definition details:
Multiple sample POWER7 IBM Edition configurations are provided in the IBM internal configurator tool, including:
Dynamic logical partitioning The dynamic logical partitioning (LPAR) function provides enhanced resource management for the Power 750 Express server. Dynamic LPAR allows available system resources to be quickly and easily configured across multiple logical partitions to meet the rapidly changing needs of your business. Dynamic LPAR also allows you to add new system resources such as new hot-plug PCI adapters into your system's configuration without requiring a reboot. Without the optional PowerVM Standard Edition (#7794) or PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#7795) feature, as many as 32 LPARs are supported in a 32-core Power 750. If the PowerVM Standard or Enterprise Edition feature is installed in the system, a maximum of 10 dynamic LPARs for each physical processor can be defined, with a system maximum of 320 dynamic LPARs. An HMC or IVM is required to manage POWER7 processor-based servers implementing partitioning. Multiple POWER7 processor-based servers can be supported by a single HMC. If an HMC is used to manage any POWER7 processor-based server, the HMC must be a CR3, or later, model rack-mount HMC or C05, or later, deskside HMC. When IBM Systems Director is used to manage an HMC or if the HMC manages more than 254 partitions, the HMC should have 3 GB of RAM minimum and be CR3 model, or later, rack-mount or C06, or later, deskside. PowerVM Editions (optional) Three optional PowerVM Edition features are now available on the Power 750: PowerVM Express Edition, PowerVM Standard Edition, and PowerVM Enterprise Edition. These are managed using built-in Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM) software or optionally through use of an HMC. PowerVM Standard Edition (#7794) and PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#7795) allow customers to create partitions in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allow the same system I/O to be virtually added to these partitions. The optional features, available for a fee, also include a software component that provides cross-partition workload management. PowerVM Standard and Enterprise Editions offer:
At initial order entry, selecting feature number 7994 or 7995 will result in Micro-Partitioning to be enabled during manufacture and the enabling software media and publications to be shipped to the customer. When ordering feature number 7994 or 7995 as an MES, an activation key will be posted on an IBM Web site, and the customer must retrieve it and install it on the system. The IBM website is:
Other features of PowerVM Editions:
PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER6 or POWER7 server to another with no application downtime, and Active Memory Sharing, which dynamically reallocates memory between running logical partitions on a server. Also available is PowerVM Express (#7793), designed for users looking for an introduction to more advanced virtualization features at a highly affordable price. With PowerVM Express and IVM, users can create up to three partitions on the server, leverage (VIOS), utilize Shared Dedicated Capacity to help optimize use of processor cycles, and even try out the Shared Processor Pool. With its intuitive browser-based interface, IVM is easy to use and helps reduce the time and effort required to manage virtual devices, processors, and partitions. An HMC is not required. Note: PowerVM 2.1.2.11 with Fix Pack 22.1 and Service Pack 1, or later, and a supported AIX or Linux operating system level are minimum requirements for performing Live Partition Mobility functions on POWER7. Refer to the Software Requirements section for more information on minimum AIX and Linux OS levels. Note: Active Memory Sharing is planned to be supported with the availability of SLES 11 SP1. Customers can upgrade from PowerVM Express to either PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, or they can upgrade from PowerVM Standard to PowerVM Enterprise. By upgrading to PowerVM Standard or PowerVM Enterprise, users gain the ability to create up to 160 logical partitions on the Power System 750. Users also gain the ability to manage their PowerVM enabled machine with either an HMC or the Integrated Virtualization Manager. By upgrading to PowerVM Enterprise, users can leverage Live Partition Mobility and Active Memory Sharing. Active Memory Expansion (optional) Active Memory Expansion is an innovative POWER7 technology that allows the effective maximum memory capacity to be much larger than the true physical memory maximum. Sophisticated compression/decompression of memory content can allow memory expansion up to 100%. This can allow a partition to do significantly more work or support more users with the same physical amount of memory. Similarly, it can allow a server to run more partitions and do more work for the same physical amount of memory. Active Memory Expansion is available for partitions running AIX 6.1, or later. Technology Level 4 with SP2 is needed. Active Memory Expansion uses CPU resource to compress/decompress the memory contents. The trade-off of memory capacity for processor cycles can be an excellent choice, but the degree of expansion varies, depending on how compressible the memory content is, and it also depends on having adequate spare CPU capacity available for this compression/decompression. Tests in IBM laboratories using sample workloads showed excellent results for many workloads in terms of memory expansion per additional CPU utilized. Other test workloads had more modest results. Clients have a great deal of control over Active Memory Expansion usage. Each individual AIX partition can turn on or turn off Active Memory Expansion. Control parameters set the amount of expansion desired in each partition to help control the amount of CPU used by the Active Memory Expansion function. An IPL is required for the specific partition that is turning memory expansion on or off. Once turned on, there are monitoring capabilities in standard AIX performance tools such as lparstat, vmstat, topas, and svmon. A planning tool is included with AIX 6.1 TL4, allowing you to sample actual workloads and estimate both how expandable the partition's memory is and how much CPU resource is needed. Any Power Systems model can run the planning tool. In addition, a one-time, 60-day trial of Active Memory Expansion is available to provide more exact memory expansion and CPU measurements. The trial can be requested using the Capacity on Demand Web page:
Active Memory Expansion is enabled by a chargeable hardware feature (#4792), which can be ordered with the initial order of the server or as an MES order. A software key is provided when the enablement feature is ordered, which is applied to the server. An IPL is not required to enable the server. The key is specific to an individual server and is permanent. It cannot be moved to a different server. The additional CPU resource used to expand memory is part of the CPU resource assigned to the AIX partition running Active Memory Expansion. Normal licensing requirements apply. Power 750 Capacity BackUp (CBU) capability (Applies to IBM i only) The Power 750 systems' CBU designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred. The CBU specify feature 0444 is available only as part of a new server purchase. Certain system prerequisites must be met and system registration and approval are required before the CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM i processor license entitlements or 5250 OLTP (Enterprise Enablement) entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer. After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processors are inactive. The CBU system can then better support failover and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation. The primary system for a Power 750 (8233-E8B) server can be:
These systems have IBM i software licenses with an IBM i P20 or P30 software tier. The primary machine must be in the same enterprise as the CBU system. Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You can then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the minimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. These warning messages in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance. Before you can temporarily transfer 5250 entitlements, you must have more than one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the primary server and at least one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the CBU system. You can then transfer the entitlements that are not required on the primary server during the time of transfer and that are above the minimum of one entitlement. For example, if you have a 6-core Power 750 as your primary system with two IBM i processor license entitlements (one above the minimum) and two 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements (one above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer only one IBM i entitlement and one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement. During the temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired. For CBU registration and further information, visit:
I/O drawer availability Four 12X attached I/O drawers are supported on the Power 750, providing extensive capability to expand the overall server expandability and connectivity.
Three disk-only I/O drawers are also supported, providing large storage capacity and multiple partition support:
TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer (#5786)(Supported only -- not orderable) The TotalStorage EXP24 (#5786) is a 4 EIA unit drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. The front of the IBM TotalStorage EXP24 Ultra320 SCSI Expandable Storage Disk Enclosure has bays for up to 12 disk drives organized in two SCSI groups of up to six drives. The rear also has bays for up to 12 disk drives organized in two additional SCSI groups of up to six drives plus slots for the four SCSI interface cards. Each SCSI drive group can be connected by either a Single Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5741) or a Dual Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5742). This allows the EXP24 to be configured as four sets of six bays, two sets of 12 bays, or two sets of six bays plus one set of 12 bays. The EXP24 feature 5786 has three cooling fans and two power supplies to provide redundant power and cooling. The SCSI disk drives contained in the EXP24 are controlled by PCI-X SCSI adapters connected to the EXP24 SCSI repeater cards via SCSI cables. The PCI-X adapters are located in the Power 750 system unit or in an attached I/O drawer with PCI-X slots. The EXP24S SCSI Disk Drawer is an earlier technology drawer compared to the later SAS EXP12S drawer. It is used to house the older SCSI disk drives that are supported but no longer orderable. The following feature number I/O drawers are available for order on the Power 750. PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) The PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) is a 4 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19-inch rack. Feature 5796 is 8.8 inches wide and takes up half the width of the 4 EIA rack space. Feature 5796 requires the use of a feature 7314 drawer-mounting enclosure. The 4 EIA tall enclosure can hold up to two feature 5796 drawers mounted side by side in the enclosure. The PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer has six 64-bit, 3.3 V, PCI-X DDR slots running at 266 MHz that use blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. The drawer includes redundant hot-plug power and cooling. The client must select one of the two available interface adapters for use in the feature 5796 drawer, either the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter -- Long Run (#6457) or the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Short Run (#6446). The adapter selection is based on how close the host system or the next I/O drawer in the loop is physically located. A maximum of four feature 5796 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5802 or 5877 and 5796 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of four drawers total per loop. A minimum configuration of two 12X cables (either SDR or DDR) and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X SDR or DDR cables. The Power 750 uses GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5609) or GX Dual- port 12X Channel Attach (#5616) to attach a feature 5796 12X I/O Drawer using SDR speed, no matter which GX adapter is used. PCI-X DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (7314-G30) (supported, not orderable) The 7314-G30 is equivalent to the feature 5796 described above with one key difference -- IBM i does not support this I/O drawer. Otherwise, it provides the same six PCI-X DDR slots per unit and has the same configuration rules/considerations as feature 5796. 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk (#5802) This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots and 18 SAS hot-swap SFF SAS disk bays, which can be used for either disk drives or SSDs. Using 146 GB disk drives, the feature 5802 provides up to 2.6 TB of storage. The 18 disk bays can be organized either into one group of 18 bays (AIX/Linux), two groups of nine slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux), or four groups of four or five bays AIX/Linux). Selecting either one, two, or four groups of drive bays is done with a mode switch on the drawer. A maximum of two feature 5802 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5796 and the 7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing feature 5802 and feature 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen 3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865). The Power 750 uses GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5609) or GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5616) to attach a feature 5802 12X I/O Drawer. The feature 5609 provides the higher capacity bandwidth (DDR). 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No disk (#5877) This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing 10 PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots. A maximum of two feature 5877 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing features 5877 and 5796/7314-G30 on the same loop is not supported. Mixing features 5802 and 5877 on the same loop is supported with a maximum of two drawers total per loop. The PCIe adapter slots use Gen 3 blind-swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two ac power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865). The Power 750 uses GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5609) or GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5616) to attach a feature 5877 12X I/O Drawer. Feature 5609 provides the higher capacity bandwidth (DDR). Note that conversions between a diskless feature 5877 and a feature 5802 with disk bays are not available. EXP 12S SAS Drawer (#5886) The EXP 12S SAS drawer (#5886) is a 2 EIA drawer and mounts in a 19 inch-rack. The drawer can hold either SAS disk drives or SSD. The EXP 12S SAS drawer has twelve 3.5-inch SAS disk bays with redundant data paths to each bay. The drawer supports redundant hot-plug power and cooling and redundant hot-swap SAS expanders (Enclosure Services Manager-ESM). Each ESM has an independent SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) diagnostic processor. The SAS disk drives or SSD contained in the EXP12S are controlled by one or two PCIe or PCI-X SAS adapters connected to the EXP12S via SAS cables. The SAS cable will vary, depending upon the adapter being used, the operating system being used, and the protection desired.
In all of the above configurations, all 12 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers. A second EXP12S drawer can be attached to another drawer using two SAS EE cables, providing 24 SAS bays instead of 12 bays for the same SAS controller port. This is called cascading. In this configuration, all 24 SAS bays are controlled by a single controller or a single pair of controllers. The feature 5886 can also be directly attached to the SAS port on the rear of the Power 750, providing a very low cost disk storage solution. When used this way, the imbedded SAS controllers augmented by the 175 MB write cache RAID enabler feature 5679 in the system unit drive the disk drives in EXP12S. A second unit cannot be cascaded to a feature 5886 attached in this way. 19-inch racks The Model 8233-E8B and its I/O drawers are designed to mount in the 25U 7014-S25 (#0555), 36U 7014-T00 (#0551), or the 42U 7014-T42 (#0553) rack. These racks are built to the 19-inch EIA standard. When you order a new 8233 system, you can also order the appropriate 7014 rack model with the system hardware on the same initial order. IBM is making the racks available as features of the 8233-E8B when you order additional I/O drawer hardware for an existing system (MES order). The rack feature number should be used if you want IBM to integrate the newly ordered I/O drawer in a 19-inch rack before shipping the MES order. 1.3-Meter Rack (#0555) The 1.3-meter rack (#0555) is a 25 EIA unit rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0555 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-S25 rack. Order the feature 0555 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM. 1.8-Meter Rack (#0551) The 1.8-meter rack (#0551) is a 36 EIA unit rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0551 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T00 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T00 must be ordered separately with the feature 0551. Order the feature 0551 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM. 2.0-Meter Rack (#0553) The 2.0-meter rack (#0553) is a 42 EIA unit tall rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0553 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T42 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T42 must be ordered separately with the feature 0553. Order the feature 0553 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM. IBM Power Systems Deployment-ready Services IBM offers a portfolio of integration, configuration, and customization services for IBM Power Systems. These Deployment-ready Services are designed to accelerate customer solution deployment and reduce related resources and cost. Offerings include:
For more information on Deployment-ready Services, refer to:
Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS) features Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be fault-tolerant. POWER7 uses lower voltage technology, improving reliability with stacked latches to reduce soft error (SER) susceptibility. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality. The system cache and memory offer ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be substantially reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data in the event of a double-bit memory failure. The AIX and IBM i operating systems provide disk drive mirroring and disk drive controller duplexing. The Linux operating system supports disk drive mirroring (RAID 1) through software, while other RAID protection schemes are provided via hardware RAID adapters. The Journaled File System, also known as JFS or JFS2, helps maintain file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure. JFS, the recommended file system for 32-bit kernels, now supports extents on the Linux operating system. This feature is designed to substantially reduce or eliminate fragmentation. Its successor, JFS2, is the recommended file system for 64-bit kernels. With 64-bit addressing, a maximum file system size of 32 TB and maximum file size of 16 TB, JFS2 is highly recommended for systems running the AIX operating system. Memory error correction extensions The memory has single-bit-error correction and double-bit-error detection ECC circuitry. The ECC code is also designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault. Memory protection features include scrubbing to detect errors, a means to call for the deallocation of memory pages for a pattern of correctable errors detected, and signaling deallocation of a logical memory block when an error occurs that cannot be corrected by the ECC code. Fault monitoring functions
Mutual surveillance The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the Hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload does not correct the problem with the Service Processor, the Hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service. Environmental monitoring functions POWER7-based servers include a range of environmental monitoring functions:
Availability enhancement functions The POWER7 family of systems continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability. POWER6 processor functions As in POWER6, the POWER7 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry and alternate processor recovery for a number of core- related faults. This significantly reduces exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When an error is encountered in the core, the POWER7 processor will first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before. On IBM systems prior to POWER6, this error would have caused a checkstop. Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation because the instruction will continue to fail. As in POWER6, POWER7 processors have the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement. The entire process is transparent to the partition owning the failing instruction. These systems are designed to avoid a full system outage. POWER7 single processor checkstopping As in POWER6, POWER7 provides single processor checkstopping. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability. Partition availability priority Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. If an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER7 processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system. POWER7 cache availability The POWER processor-based line of servers continues to be at the fore- front of cache availability enhancements. The L3 cache is now integrated on the POWER7 processor. The POWER7 processor provides both L2 and L3 cache line delete functions. Special uncorrectable error handling Uncorrectable errors are difficult for any system to tolerate, although there are some situations where they can be shown to be irrelevant. For example, if an uncorrectable error occurs in cached data that will never again be read or where a fresh write of the data is imminent, it would be unwise to "protect" the user by forcing an immediate reboot. Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling was an IBM innovation introduced for POWER5 processors, where an uncorrectable error in memory or cache does not immediately cause the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a checkstop. PCI extended error handling PCI extended error handling (EEH) enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support. Predictive failure and dynamic component deallocation Servers with POWER processors have long had the capability to perform predictive failure analysis on certain critical components such as processors and memory. When these components exhibit symptoms that would indicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate and call home about the failing part before the error is propagated system- wide. In many cases, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in such a way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficient resources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers will attempt to maintain partition availability by user- defined priority. Uncorrectable error recovery When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure. Serviceability The purpose of serviceability is to repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), while maintaining high customer satisfaction. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider. The serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes
Service environments The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system allows support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required. The POWER7 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:
Service Interface The Service Interface allows support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, interface, or terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the Service Interface allows the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available via the Service Interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions. Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system and its operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:
In the light path LED implementation, when a fault condition is detected on the POWER7 system, an amber FRU fault LED will be illuminated, which will be rolled up to the system fault LED. The light path system pinpoints the exact part by turning on the amber FRU fault LED associated with the part to be replaced. The system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (turning on solid) the system fault LED, enclosure fault LED, and the component FRU fault LED. The servicer can also use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU. First Failure Data Capture and Error Data Analysis First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention. First Failure Data Capture FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items. In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items. Diagnostics General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems such that they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:
Automatic diagnostics Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM Servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boottime diagnostics fall into this category. Stand-alone diagnostics As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics require user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:
Concurrent maintenance The system will continue to support concurrent maintenance of power, cooling, PCI adapters, DASD, DVD, and firmware updates (when possible). The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file released with the firmware. Service labels Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions, and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose: Location diagrams Location diagrams are strategically located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components are installed such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies. Remove/replace procedures Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove/replace certain serviceable hardware components. Arrows Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability. Packaging for service The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:
Error Handling and Reporting In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware. With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the amber system fault LED located on the system unit to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be set to blink by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the blue locate LED on the enclosure and at the system level will turn on solid. The amber system fault LED will be on solid when an error condition occurs. On POWER7 processor-based servers, hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. Once the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM Service organization. Customer contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure are sent to IBM Service. Service Processor The Service Processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks. The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (Hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The Service Processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters. Call Home Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customer location to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call Home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call Home can be done through HMC or non-HMC managed systems. While configuring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. Refer to the next section for specific details on this application. IBM Electronics Services Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services Web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution--dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's company strategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues. Integrated in the operating system in addition to the HMC, Electronic Service Agent is designed to automatically and electronically report system failures and customer-perceived issues to IBM, which can result in faster problem resolution and increased availability. System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services Web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the customer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Reference Guide" section at:
Select your country.
Benefits Increased uptime: Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24 x 7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night. Security Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits via the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securely through gateways to provide customers a single point of exit from their site. Communication between the customer and IBM only flows one way; activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer's system. System inventory information is stored in a secure database, which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The customer's business applications or business data is never transmitted to IBM. More accurate reporting Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customers are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record. Customized support Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services Web site. The Electronic Services Web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This Web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes. My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the customer's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, customers are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems. For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following Web site or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative:
Accessibility by people with disabilities A U.S. Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be requested at:
Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act IBM Power 750 Express server is capable as of February 19, 2010, when used in accordance with associated IBM documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A U.S. Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be requested via the IBM Web site:
Back to top
Model Summary Matrix
Customer Setup (CSU)Yes. Devices SupportedThe following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 8233. This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.
|E| X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
|8|
|B|
| |
MT-MOD | | DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
| |
---------+-+--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| IBM 7036-P16
| |
---------+-+--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM System Storage EXP100 Expansion Unit
1722-60U |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1722-6LU |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1724-100 |X| IBM System Storage DS4100 Disk System
1740-710 |X| IBM System Storage EXP710 Expansion Unit
1742-1RU |X| IBM 1742-1RU
1742-90U |X| IBM System Storage DS4500 Disk System
1750-511 |X| IBM 1750-511
1750-522 |X| IBM 1750-522
1750-EX1 |X| IBM 1750-EX1
1812-81A |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
| |Model 81
1812-81S |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Expansion Unit Model
| |81-DC
1812-8VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP420 Storage Expansion Unit
1814-20A |X| IBM 1814 DS5020 Disk Controller Model 20A
1814-52A |X| IBM 1814 EXP520 Expansion Unit
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
1814-70S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70-DC
1814-72A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72
1814-72S |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72-DC
1814-7VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-7VH |X| DS4200 Express Model 7V
1814-92A |X| IBM System Storage (EXP395) Expansion Unit
1814-94A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 94
1814-98A |X| IBM System Storage (DS3950) Model 98
1815-80A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 80A
1815-82A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 82A
1815-84A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 84A
1815-88A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 88A
1818-51A |X| IBM System Storage DS5100 Disk System
1818-53A |X| IBM System Storage DS5300 Disk System
1818-D1A |X| IBM System Storage EXP5000 Expansion Unit
2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
2105-800 |X| IBM 2105-800
2105-E20 |X| IBM 2105-E20
2105-F10 |X| IBM 2105-F10
2105-F20 |X| IBM 2105-F20
2107-921 |X| IBM 2107-921
2107-922 |X| IBM 2107-922
2107-931 |X| IBM 2107-931
2107-932 |X| IBM 2107-932
2107-9A2 |X| IBM 2107-9A2
2107-9AE |X| IBM 2107-9AE
2107-9B2 |X| IBM 2107-9B2
7031-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-D24
7031-T24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-T24
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204-646
| |
---------+-+--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7042-C06 |X| IBM 7042-C06
7042-C07 |X| IBM 7042-C07
7042-CR4 |X| IBM 7042-CR4
7042-CR5 |X| IBM 7042-CR5
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310-C05
7310-C06 |X| IBM 7310-C06
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310-CR3
7310-CR4 |X| IBM 7310-CR4
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
| |B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
| |B04
| |
---------+-+--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7014-B42 |X| IBM 7014-B42
7014-S25 |X| IBM 7014-S25
7014-T00 |X| IBM 7014-T00
7014-T42 |X| IBM 7014-T42
7314-G30 |X| IBM 7314-G30
| |
---------+-+--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X|
3996-080 |X|
3996-174 |X|
7210-020 |X| IBM 7210-020
7210-025 |X| IBM 7210-025
7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030
| |
---------+-+--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1750-EX2 |X| IBM System Storage DS6000 Expansion Unit
1818-80C |X| 1818-80C IBM System Storage DCS3700 Storage System
1818-80E |X| IBM System Storage DCS3700 Expansion Unit
2105-750 |X| IBM 2105-750
2145-4F2 |X| IBM 2145 SAN Volume Controller Model 4F2
2145-8F2 |X| IBM 2145-8F2
2145-8F4 |X| IBM 2145-8F4
2421-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2421-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2421-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2421)
2421-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2422-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2422-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2422)
2422-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2423-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2423-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2423)
2423-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-931 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8100
2424-932 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2424-941 |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-94E |X| IBM System Storage DS8700 Disk System (M/T 2424)
2424-9B2 |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS8300
2498-R06 |X| 2498-R06 IBM System Storage SAN06B-R
2858-A10 |X| N6040 Model A10
2858-A11 |X| N6070 Model A11
2858-A12 |X| N6060 Model A12
2858-A20 |X| N6040 Model A20
2858-A21 |X| N6070 Model A21
2858-A22 |X| N6060 Model A22
2859-A10 |X|
2859-A20 |X|
2861-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN1000 SATA expansion unit
2862-A10 |X|
2862-A20 |X|
2863-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN2000
2863-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A10
2863-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A20
2864-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A10
2864-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A20
2865-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A10
2865-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A20
2866-A10 |X|
2866-A11 |X|
2866-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2866-G11 |X|
2866-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model G20
2867-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A11 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-A21 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
2867-G11 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model G20
2867-G21 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model G20
| |
---------+-+--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1455-24E |X| IBM 1455-24E
1455-48E |X| IBM 1455-48E
1455-64C |X| IBM 1455-64C
1611-16E |X| IBM 1611-16E
2005-B16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2
2005-B32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
2005-B5K |X| IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
2005-B64 |X| IBM System Storage SAN64B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-R18 |X| IBM 2005 System Storafge SAN18B-R Router
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1
2026-416 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2
2026-432 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2
2026-E12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN12M-1
2027-140 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN140M
2027-232 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-1
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2031-216 |X| IBM 2031-216
2031-232 |X| IBM 2031-232
2032-064 |X| IBM 2032-064
2032-140 |X| IBM 2032-140
2034-212 |X| IBM 2034-212
2042-001 |X| IBM 2042-001
2042-128 |X| IBM 2042-128
2042-256 |X| IBM 2042-256
2045-N16 |X| IBM 2045-N16
2053-424 |X| Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage switch
2053-434 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage switch
2053-S34 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage switch
2061-020 |X| IBM 2061-020
2061-040 |X| IBM 2061-040
2062-D01 |X| IBM 2062-D01
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D1H |X| Cisco MDS 9216i Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-E11 |X| Cisco MDS 9513 Multilayer Director
2062-T04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-T07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2109-A16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-R
2109-F16 |X| IBM 2109-F16
2109-F32 |X| IBM 2109-F32
2109-M12 |X| IBM 2109-M12
2109-M14 |X| IBM 2109-M14
2109-M48 |X| IBM 2109 SAN256B Director Model M48
2498-B24 |X| IBM System Storage SAN24B-4 Express
2498-B40 |X| IBM System Storage SAN40B-4
2498-B80 |X| IBM 2498 SAN80B-4 Model B80
2498-F48 |X| IBM System Storage SAN48B
2499-416 |X| IBM System Storage SAN384B
2499-816 |X| IBM System Storage SAN768B
| |
---------+-+--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-D22 |X| IBM 3494-D22
3494-D24 |X| IBM 3494-D24
3494-HA1 |X| IBM 3494-HA1
3494-L22 |X| IBM 3494-L22
3572-S3H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO3 HH SAS drive
3572-S4H |X| TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO4 HH SAS drive
3573-L2U |X| TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U
3573-L4U |X| TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U
3576-E9U |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model E9U
3576-L5B |X| IBM System Storage TS3310 Tape Library Model L5B
3577-L5U |X| IBM 3577-L5U
3580-H23 |X| IBM 3580-H23
3580-H3L |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3L
3580-H3S |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Express Model H3S
3580-H4S |X| System Storage TS2240 Tape Drive Express Model H4S
3580-L23 |X| IBM 3580-L23
3580-L33 |X| TotalStorage 3580 Tape Drive Model L33
3580-L43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model L43
3580-S43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
3581-F28 |X| IBM 3581-F28
3581-F38 |X| IBM 3581-F38
3581-H23 |X| IBM 3581-H23
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581-L23
3581-L28 |X| IBM 3581-L28
3581-L38 |X| IBM 3581-L38
3582-L23 |X| IBM 3582-L23
3583-L18 |X| IBM 3583-L18
3583-L36 |X| IBM 3583-L36
3583-L72 |X| IBM 3583-L72
3584-D22 |X| IBM 3584-D22
3584-D23 |X| IBM 3584-D23
3584-D32 |X| IBM 3584-D32
3584-D42 |X| IBM 3584-D42
3584-D52 |X| IBM 3584-D52
3584-D53 |X| IBM 3584-D53
3584-HA1 |X| IBM 3584-HA1
3584-L22 |X| IBM 3584-L22
3584-L23 |X| IBM 3584-L23
3584-L32 |X| IBM 3584-L32
3584-L52 |X| IBM 3584-L52
3584-L53 |X| IBM 3584-L53
3584-S24 |X| TS3500 HD Frames Enterpr Drive
3584-S54 |X| TS3500 HD Frames LTO Drive
3588-F3A |X| IBM 3588-F3A
3588-F3B |X| IBM 3588-F3B
3588-F4A |X| IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A
3590-H11 |X| IBM 3590-H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM 3590-H1A
3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
3592-E06 |X| TS1130 Tape Drive
3592-E07 |X| IBM 3592 System Storage TS1140 Tape Drive Model E07
3592-EU6 |X| TS1130 Tape Drive
3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592
3952-F05 |X| IBM System Storage 3952 Tape Frame
3954-CV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510
3954-CV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Server TS7520 Server
3954-CV7 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7530 Server
3955-SV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SV5
3955-SV6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Controller
3955-SX5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SX5
3955-SX6 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7520 Cache Drawer
3958-AP1 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650 ProtecTIER De-duplication
| |Appliance (3958-AP1)
3958-DD3 |X| IBM System Storage TS7650G Gateway (3958-DD3)
7205-550 |X| IBM 7205-550
7206-220 |X| IBM 7206-220
7206-336 |X| IBM 7206-336
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212-312
7214-1U2 |X| 7214-1U2
7214-TT2 |X|
7216-1U2 |X| 7216-1U2 Media Enclosure
7226-1U3 |X| 7226-1U3
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
---------+-+--------Power--------------------------------------------
9910-E15 |X| 9910-E15
9910-E16 |X| 9910-E16
9910-E30 |X| 9910-E30
9910-E33 |X| 9910-E33
9910-E35 |X| 9910-E35
9910-E36 |X| 9910-E36
9910-E50 |X| 9910-E50
9910-E64 |X| 9910-E64
9910-E65 |X| 9910-E65
9910-E66 |X| 9910-E66
9910-E67 |X| 9910-E67
9910-E82 |X| 9910-E82
9910-E83 |X| 9910-E83
9910-P13 |X| 9910-P13
9910-P14 |X| 9910-P14
Model ConversionsNot available. Feature Conversions The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned. Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features. The following conversions are available to customers: Feature conversions for 8233-E8B virtualization engine features
RETURN
From FC: To FC: PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
7793 - PowerVM Express 7794 - PowerVM Standard No
7793 - PowerVM Express 7795 - PowerVM Enterprise No
7794 - PowerVM Standard 7795 - PowerVM Enterprise No
Back to top
 Physical SpecificationsRack-Mount:
Operating Environment
EMC conformance classification This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.
Homologation -- Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC) Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France. This Power Systems model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority. Product safety/Country testing/Certification
General requirements The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration). LimitationsSystem
Hardware management console (HMC) machine code If attaching an HMC to a new server or adding function to an existing server that requires a firmware update, the HMC machine code may need to be updated. To determine the HMC machine code level required for the firmware level on any server, go to the following Web page to access the Fix Level Recommendation Tool (FLRT) on or after the planned availability date for this product. FLRT will identify the correct HMC machine code for the selected system firmware level:
If a single HMC is attached to multiple servers, the HMC machine code level must be updated to the server with the most recent firmware level. All prior levels of server firmware are supported with the latest HMC machine code level. Boot requirements
Processor cards
Power supply
Redundant fans
Power cords Two power cords are required. The DC power supply feature #7708 includes a power cord. A power cord must be ordered for each AC power supply (#7740) ordered. The Power 750 requires 200-240 V for all configurations. System memory
Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order. Figure 1. Memory features:
Feature Minimum Maximum
Feature number quantity quantity
------------------- ------- -------- --------
8 GB 1066 Mhz 4526/EM08 0 16
(2 x 4 GB RDIMMs)
16 GB 1066 Mhz 4527/EM16 0 16
(2 x 8 GB RDIMMs)
32 GB 1066 Mhz 4528/EM32 0 16
(2 x 16 GB RDIMMs)
Drawer/Tower attachment:
The following list shows I/O drawers that are supported or available on the 8233 machine type and the correct interface to use for each of the drawers.
Order
Feature Description Status Interface
----------------------------------------- --------- ---------
5786 EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer Supported SCSI
5787 EXP24 SCSI Disk Tower Supported SCSI
5796 PCI-X DDR 12X Exp Drawer Available 12X
5802 PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (W/Disk Bays) Available 12X
5877 PCIe 12X I/O Drawer (No Disk Bays)Available 12X
5886 Exp 12S SAS Disk Drawer Available SAS
7031-D24/T24 EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer/Tower Supported SCSI
7214-1U2 Tape and DVD Enclosure Available SCSI/SAS
7314-G30 PCI-X DDR 12X I/O Draser Supported 12X
Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:
Power 750
Feature (32-core)
------- -----------------
O/S AIX Linux IBM i
5786 24 24 24
5787 24 24 24
5796 8 8 8
5802 4 4 4
5877 4 4 4
5886 48 48 48
7031-D24 24 24 24
7031-T24 24 24 24
7214-1U2 6 6 6
7314-G30 8 8 8
I/O drawers are connected to the adapters in the CEC with the following cables:
12X I/O drawer cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. A system with nonlooped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a nonloop connection is detected, a problem is reported. The first 12X I/O drawer attached in any I/O drawer loop requires two data transfer cables. Each additional drawer in the loop (up to the maximum allowed) requires one additional data transfer cable. The first 12X I/O drawer attached to a system unit requires two power control cables. Each additional I/O drawer added to a system requires one additional power control cable. Each system has one power control loop. All I/O drawers attached to a system are included in the same power control loop. Power control cable loops are different in this regard from data transfer cable loops. Dual-Port 12X Adapter Options Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6446): Use the short run adapter for feature 5796 or 7314-G30 expansion I/O drawers located in close proximity to the host system or to other drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter does not include signal repeaters. Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6457): Use the long run adapter for feature 5796 or 7314-G30 expansion I/O drawers located farther from the host system or other I/O drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter includes signal repeaters to accommodate the longer cable lengths. 12X Cable Choice Each feature 5796 or 7314-G30 12X drawer requires one Dual-Port 12X Channel Adapter, either Short Run (#6446) or Long Run (#6457). The choice of adapters is dependent on the distance to the next 12X Channel connection in the loop, either to another I/O drawer or the system unit. The following table identifies the supported cable lengths for each 12X Channel adapter. I/O drawers containing the Short Run adapter can be mixed in a single loop with I/O drawers containing the Long Run adapter. In this table, a "Yes" indicates that the 12X cable identified in that column can be used to connect the drawer configuration identified to the left. A "No" means it cannot be used. The 12X DDR or SDR cables can be used with the feature 5796 or 7314-G30.
12X Cable Options
0.6 M 1.5 M 3.0 M 8.0 M
---------- -------- ---------- ----------
(#1829)(1)(#1830)(1)(#1840)(2) (#1834)(3)
12X DDR (#1861)(1)(#1862)(1)(#1865)(2) (#1864)(3)
5796 to 5796 w/12X
Short Run adapter
(#6446) in both
drawers Yes Yes No No
5796 w/ 12X Short
Run adapter (#6446)
to 5796 w/ 12X Long
Run adapter (#6457) Yes Yes Yes No
5796 to 5796 w/12X
Long Run adapter
(#6457) in both
drawers Yes Yes Yes Yes
5796 w/12X Short
Run adapter (#6446)
to system unit No Yes Yes No
5796 w/12X Long
Run adapter (#6457)
to system unit No Yes Yes Yes
Note: (1) The 0.6M and 1.5M 12X cables (#1829/#1830 or #1861/#1862) have very limited use due to their short length. They cannot be used to connect to a system drawer because of the short length. They are intended for use between two feature 5796 or 7314-G30 drawers mounted side by side in the same enclosure (#7314). They can also be used to connect between two modules located one beneath the other in a 19-inch rack. Note: (2) It is possible in some limited configurations to use the 3.0 M, 12X cable (#1840 or #1865) to locate 5796 modules in adjacent racks. The cable length requires careful management of each drawer location within the rack. The best choice for connecting a feature 5796 or G30 I/O Drawer in an adjacent rack is the 8.0 M, 12X cable (#1834 or #1864). Note: (3) The 8M 12X cable (#1834 or #1864) is intended for use when connecting between two modules that are located in adjacent racks. This cable may not be connected to the 12X Short Run adapter (#6446). PCI card slots The Power 750 has a maximum of five hot-plug slots.
Note: Optional 12X GX+ and GX++ adapters are used for attaching I/O expansion drawers with PCI slots and, optionally, disk/SSD bays. Graphics adapters
I/O adapters
Figure 2. I/O adapter features:
Orderable Supported CEC
Feature Feature Max
I/O Adapter number number qty Size
----------- --------- --------- --- -----
4-port USB PCIe 2728 3 Short
2-port USB PCI 2738 2 Short
8-port Asynchronous EIA-232 2943 2 Short
4-port ARTIC960Hx 2947 2 Long
2-port Multiprotocol 2962 2 Short
GXT135P Graphics Accelerator 2849/1980 2 Short
PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem 2893 3 Short
PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM 2894 3 Short
PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor 4764 2 Long
GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach 5609 1 GX++ slot
2-port 10 Gb IVE Daughter Card 5613 1 N/A
GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach 5616 1 GX+ slot
2-port 1 Gb IVE Daughter Card 5623 1 N/A
4-port 1 Gb IVE Daughter Card 5624 1 N/A
SAS RAID Enablement Card 5679 1 N/A
Gigabit Ethernet 5700/1978 2 Short
10/100/1000 Ethernet 5701/1979 2 Short
2-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet 5706 1983 2 Short
10 Gigabit FCoE PCIe Dual Port 5708 3 Short
ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Copper) 5713 1986 2 Short
ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Fiber) 5714/1987 2 Short
2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X 5716/1977 2 Short
4-port 1 Gb Ethernet PCI-e 4x 5717 3 Short
10 Gb Ethernet - Short Reach 5721 2 Short
10 Gb Ethernet - Long Reach 5722 2 Short
2-port Asynchronous EIA-232 5723 2 Short
10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Exp. 5732 3 Short
8 Gb Dual-port Fibre Channel 5735 3 Short
PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI DDR 5736 1912 2 Short
4-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet 5740/1954 2 Short
GXT145 PCIe Graphics Accelerator 5748 3 Short
2-port 4 Gbps Fibre Channel 5749 2 Short
1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel 5758/1905 2 Short
2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel 5759 1910 2 Short
2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (UTP) PCIe 5767 3 Short
2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (Fiber) PCIe 5768 3 Short
10 Gb Ethernet-SR 5769 3 Short
10 Gb Ethernet-LR 5772 3 Short
1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel 5773 3 Short
2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel 5774 3 Short
PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5 GB No IOP 5778 1 Long
4-port Asynch EIA-232 PCIe 5785 3 Short
SAS Controller PCI-X 2.0 5900 2 Short
PCIe Dual-x4 SAS 5901 3 Short
PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS RAID 5902 2 Long
PCIe 380MB Cache Dual-x4 SAS RAID 5903 3 Short
PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS RAID 5904 1 Long
PCI-X DDR Dual-x4 SAS 5912 2 Short
PCI 2-line WAN IOA, no IOP 6805 2 Short
PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP 6808 2 Short
PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA, no IOP, CIM 6809 2 Short
PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP 6833 2 Short
PCI 2-line WAN w/Modem, no IOP, CIM 6834 2 Short
Note: Maximums are for CEC only. Storage devices/bays
Figure 3. Storage device features:
Orderable Supported
Maximum Feature Feature
Device quantity Bay number number
------ ------= --------- ------ ------
DVD-ROM (SATA) 1 Slim 5743
DVD-RAM (SATA) 1 Slim 5762
80/160GB DAT160 Tape-SAS 1 Half high 5619
800GB/1.6TB LTO4 Tape-SAS 1 Half high 5746
DAT320 160/320GB Tape-SAS 1 Half high 5661
Internal Docking Station
for Removable Disk Drive 1 Half high 1103
Note: The DAT320 160/320GB Tape-SAS (#5661) is planned to be supported by the IBM i operating system on March 16, 2010.
Orderable Supported
Maximum Feature Feature
Device quantity Bay number number
------ --------------- --------- ------ ------
AIX IBM i Linux
146.8 GB 15K, 80 0 80 DASD 1-8, 1882
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
73.4 GB 15K, 80 0 80 DASD 1-8, 1883
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
69.7 GB 15K, 0 80 0 DASD 1-8, 1884
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
300 GB 10K, 80 0 80 DASD 1-8, 1885
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
146.8 GB 15K, 80 0 80 DASD 1-8, 1886
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
139.5 GB 15K, 0 80 0 DASD 1-8, 1888
SAS, SFF 72 in 4 x #5802
69 GB SAS, SFF, 80 0 80 DASD 1-8, 1890
Solid-state 72 in 4 x #5802
69 GB SAS, SFF, 0 80 0 DASD 1-8, 1909
Solid-state 72 in 4 x #5802
69 GB SAS, SFF, 328 0 328 3586
Solid-state 328 in 41 x #5886
69 GB SAS, SFF, 0 328 0 3587
Solid-state 328 in 41 x #5886
Note: Eight disks or solid-state drives maximum can be installed internally; 72 disks or solid-state drives maximum can be installed in 4 x #5802. #3586 and #3587 cannot be installed internally. 8 x #3586 or #3587 can be placed in each #5886.
Orderable Supported
Maximum Feature Feature
Device quantity Bay number number
---------------- --------------- ---------- --------- ---------
AIX IBM i Linux
73.4 GB 15K,RPM 576 0 576 48 x #5886 3646
SAS
146.8 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 48 x #5886 3647
SAS
300 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 48 x #5886 3648
SAS
450 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 48 x #5886 3649
SAS
69.8 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 48 x #5886 3676
SAS
139.6 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 48 x #5886 3677
SAS
283.8 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 48 x #5886 3678
SAS
428.4 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 48 x #5886 3658
SAS
Note: 3.5-inch DASD are not supported in the 8233-E8B CEC.
Orderable Supported
Maximum Feature Feature
Device quantity Bay number number
---------------- --------------- --------- --------- ----------
AIX IBM i Linux
73.4 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 See note 3278/1971
SCSI
146.8 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 See note 3279/1972
SCSI
300 GB 15K RPM, 576 0 576 See note 3585
SCSI
70.56 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 See note 4327
SCSI
141.14 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 See note 4328
SCSI
282.25 GB 15K RPM, 0 576 0 See note 4329
SCSI
TotalStorage EXP24 24 24 24 See note 5786
Disk Drawer
TotalStorage EXP24 24 24 24 See note 5787
Disk Tower
Note: SCSI disks are not supported in the 8233-E8B CEC. The 576 system maximum is achieved with a maximum of 24 disks in a maximum of 24 Total Storage EXP24 Disk Drawers (#5786) or 24 TotalStorage EXP2 4 Disk Towers (#5787). Hardware RequirementsPower 750 minimum system configuration The Power 750 has four processor slots, each of which can contain a 4-core, 6-core or 8-core processor. The system can contain up to 512 GB of system memory (128 GB maximum per processor card), five PCI adapters, and multiple media devices, as desired. This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the Power 750. Each Power 750 order must include a minimum of the following items:
RAID There are multiple protection options for disk/SSD drives in the SAS SFF bays in Power 750 system unit or drives in 12X attached I/O drawers or drives in disk-only I/O drawers. Although protecting drives is always recommended, AIX/Linux users may choose to leave some or all drives unprotected at their own risk and IBM supports these configurations. IBM i configuration rules differ in this regard, and IBM supports IBM i partition configurations only when disk/SSD drives are protected. This disk/SSD drive protection can be provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software or by the disk/SSD hardware controllers. Mirroring of drives is provided by AIX/IBM i/Linux software. In addition, AIX/Linux supports controllers providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10. IBM i integrated storage management already provides striping so IBM i also supports controllers providing RAID 5 or 6. To further augment disk/SSD protection, hot spare capability can be used for protected drives. Specific hot spare prerequisites apply. An integrated SAS Disk/SSD controller is provided in the Power 750 system unit. It is optionally augmented by a 175 MB write cache and RAID 5 and RAID 6 capability when feature 5679 is added to the configuration. Without feature 5679, the integrated controller supports system mirroring protection for AIX/IBM i/Linux and supports RAID 0 or 10 protection for AIX/Linux. Other disk/SSD controllers are provided as PCI adapters. PCI-X SCSI, PCI-X SAS, and PCIe SAS adapters are supported. PCI Controllers with and without write cache are supported. RAID 5 and RAID 6 on controllers with write cache are supported. AIX/Linux can use disk drives formatted with 512 byte blocks when being mirrored by the operating system. These disk drives must be reformatted to 528 byte sectors when used in RAID arrays. Although a small percentage of the drive's capacity is lost, additional data protection such as ECC and bad block detection is gained in this reformatting. For example, a 300 GB disk drive when reformatted provides around 283 GB. IBM i always uses drives formatted to 528 byte. IBM Power SSDs are formatted to 528 byte. RAID 0 (minimum two drives) provides striping without parity for performance, but does not offer any fault tolerance. In data striping, data is broken down into several smaller, equally sized pieces. Each piece is then written to or read from multiple drives. This process increases I/O bandwidth by simultaneously accessing multiple data paths. Because RAID-0 does not offer any redundancy, a single drive failure can result in the loss of all data in a striped set. This means that all of the data on all the drives could be lost if even a single drive fails. Note that RAID 0 drives can be mirrored by software to provide protection. RAID 5 (minimum three drives) uses block-level data striping with distributed parity. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more drives. Fault tolerance is maintained by ensuring that the parity information for any given block of data is placed on a drive separate from those used to store the data itself. RAID 5 requires N+1 drives to accommodate this parity data, thus the available storage capacity for each array is reduced by one drive to provide protection. RAID 6 (minimum four drives) uses block-level data striping with dual distributed parity, the same as RAID 5 except RAID 6 uses a second level of independently calculated and distributed parity information for additional fault tolerance. This extra fault tolerance provides data security in the event two drives fail before a drive can be replaced. RAID 6 requires N+2 drives to accommodate the additional parity data. RAID 10 is RAID 0 plus redundancy. In this type of implementation, an array with an even number of drives is created with mirrored pairs of drives within the array. A RAID 0 stripe set of data is created across the mirrored pairs for performance and for redundancy. If a protected drive fails, the failing drive can be removed from its hot-plug bay and the drive replaced while the server and partition continue to run. The contents can then be re-created while the system continues to run. Note that until the drive is both replaced and its contents re-created, the protection provided using just mirroring or RAID 10 is absent for that drive's now unmirrored paired drive. Similarly, the entire RAID 5 array is unprotected until the failed drive is replaced and re-created. RAID 6 and hot spare were designed to provide additional protection. Software RequirementsIf installing the AIX operating system (one of these):
If installing the IBM i operating system:
If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):
If installing VIOS:
Java 1.4.2 on POWER7 There are unique considerations when running Java 1.4.2 on POWER7. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER7, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 6 or Java 5 whenever possible. For more information, visit:
Back to top
IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:
You can access the product documentation at:
Product documentation is also available on DVD, SK5T-7087. The following information is shipped with the 8233-E8B.
8233-E8B Service DVD SK5T-7087-04
Installation Road Map
Safety Information
Statement of Warranty
Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at:
AIX documentation can be found at the IBM AIX Information Center:
Visit the IBM System Support Site, which contains the documentation for the hardware:
The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. The IBM Systems Information Center:
Back to top
Features - No ChargeSpecify Features for Machine Type 8233
Features - ChargeableSpecial Features for Machine Type 8233Special Features - Initial Orders
Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable
Feature Availability MatrixThe following feature availability matrix for MT 8233 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.
|E| A = AVAILABLE S = SUPPORTED
|8| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
|B|
| |
FEAT/PN | | DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0010 |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011 |A| Ten CSC Billing Units
0032 |S| Specify Code for External High Speed Modem
0040 |A| Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041 |A| Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0043 |A| Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047 |A| Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
0205 |A| RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0265 |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266 |A| Linux Partition Specify
0267 |A| IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0275 |S| CSC Specify
0296 |A| Specify Custom Data Protection
0308 |A| Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0347 |A| RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348 |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0349 |S| V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0353 |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0354 |S| V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0356 |S| V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359 |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0360 |S| X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0365 |S| V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
0444 |A| CBU Specify
0456 |A| Customer Specified Placement
0462 |A| SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
0463 |A| SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
0464 |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
0465 |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5887
0551 |A| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553 |A| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0555 |S| 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
0566 |A| IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
0567 |A| IBM i 7.1 Specify Code
0599 |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0709 |A| Flexible Thermal Settings for NEBS Applications
0710 |A| Balanced Warehouse Solution Indicator
0711 |S| IBM mCommerce Application Solution Indicator
0712 |A| Power Cloud Solution Integrated Solution Indicator for Order
| | Routing
0719 |A| Load Source Not in CEC
0722 |A| #1787 Load Source Specify
0724 |A| #1996 Load Source Specify
0725 |S| Specify Load Source in #5786
0726 |A| Specify Load Source in #5802/5803
0727 |A| Specify #5886 Load Source placement
0728 |A| Specify #5887 Load Source placement
0835 |S| #4327 Load Source Specify
0836 |S| #4328 Load Source Specify
0837 |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0838 |S| #3676 Load Source Specify
0839 |A| #3677 Load Source Specify
0840 |A| #3678 Load Source Specify
0841 |S| #4329 Load Source Specify
0844 |A| #3658 Load Source Specify
0851 |S| #1884 Load Source Specify
0853 |A| #1888 Load Source Specify
0854 |S| #1909 Load Source Specify
0855 |S| #3587 Load Source Specify
0856 |A| #1911 Load Source Specify
0857 |A| #1916 Load Source Specify
0870 |A| #1879 Load Source Specify
0871 |A| #1947 Load Source Specify
0872 |A| #1948 Load Source Specify
0874 |A| #1956 Load Source Specify
0875 |A| #1962 Load Source Specify
0876 |A| #1794 Load Source Specify
0879 |A| #1737 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-1 disk)
0880 |A| #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)
0893 |A| #ES0B Load Source Specify
0894 |A| #ES0D Load Source Specify
0983 |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1025 |A| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1103 |S| USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1104 |S| USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1106 |S| USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107 |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1108 |S| Juniper EXP4200 Ethernet Switch
1109 |A| IBM Ethernet Switch J48E
1111 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M BLUE
1112 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M BLUE
1113 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M BLUE
1114 |A| Smart Analytics System routing indicator
1115 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M GREEN
1116 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M GREEN
1117 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M GREEN
1118 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M YELLOW
1119 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M YELLOW
1121 |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M YELLOW
1140 |A| Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1406 |S| 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
1413 |S| 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
1414 |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1415 |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1416 |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1417 |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1418 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
1419 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
1420 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
1421 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
1424 |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1425 |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1426 |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1427 |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1439 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
1440 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
1441 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
1442 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
1443 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
1445 |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
1449 |S| 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
1450 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
1451 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
1452 |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
1453 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
1454 |S| 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
1455 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
1456 |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
1457 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Line Cord
1458 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
1459 |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
1476 |S| 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
1477 |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
1737 |A| 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1738 |A| 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1751 |A| 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1752 |A| 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1790 |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1775 |A| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1787 |A| 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1793 |A| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1794 |A| 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)
1817 |A| Quantity 150 of #1962
1818 |A| Quantity 150 of #1964
1827 |A| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
1828 |A| 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1829 |S| 0.6 Meter 12X Cable
1830 |S| 1.5 Meter 12X cable
1834 |S| 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
1840 |S| 3.0 Meter 12X Cable
1841 |A| 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1844 |A| Quantity 150 of #1956
1854 |A| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
1861 |A| 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1862 |A| 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1864 |A| 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1865 |A| 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1866 |A| Quantity 150 of #1917
1868 |A| Quantity 150 of #1947
1869 |A| Quantity 150 of #1925
1878 |A| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
1879 |A| 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1880 |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1882 |S| 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1883 |S| 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1884 |S| 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1885 |A| 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1886 |A| 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1887 |A| Quantity 150 of #1793
1888 |A| 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1890 |S| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1905 |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1909 |S| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1910 |S| 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1911 |A| 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
1912 |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1916 |A| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)
1917 |A| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925 |A| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1927 |A| Quantity 150 of #1948
1929 |A| Quantity 150 of #1953
1947 |A| 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1948 |A| 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1953 |A| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1954 |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1956 |A| 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1958 |A| Quantity 150 of #1794
1962 |A| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1964 |A| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1971 |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972 |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1977 |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978 |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979 |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980 |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1983 |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1986 |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987 |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
1995 |A| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)
1996 |A| 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)
2054 |A| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS .2.1 has the Adapter 3Gb
2055 |A| PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette
2118 |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2124 |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
2125 |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
2126 |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
2127 |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
2128 |S| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
2138 |S| 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
2145 |A| Primary OS - IBM i
2146 |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147 |A| Primary OS - Linux
2319 |A| Factory Deconfiguration of 1-core
2324 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8334
2325 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8332
2326 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8336
2327 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8335
2456 |A| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459 |A| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2728 |A| 4 port USB PCIe Adapter
2738 |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2849 |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864 |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2893 |A| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2934 |A| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936 |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
2943 |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2947 |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951 |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952 |S| Cable, V.35
2953 |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954 |S| Cable, X.21
2962 |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124 |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125 |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3278 |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279 |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3450 |A| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3451 |A| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3452 |A| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3453 |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3454 |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3455 |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3456 |A| SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
3585 |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3586 |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3587 |S| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3632 |A| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3637 |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3639 |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640 |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641 |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642 |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643 |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644 |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645 |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3646 |S| 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3647 |S| 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3648 |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3649 |S| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
3652 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654 |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3656 |A| SAS SFF Cable
3657 |A| Right Angle SAS Tape Drive Cable
3658 |S| 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3661 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
| |Dual Path 3M:
3662 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
| |Dual Path 6M:
3663 |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
| |Dual Path 15M:
3668 |A| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
3669 |A| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead)
3676 |S| 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3677 |S| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3678 |S| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)
3679 |A| SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1M
3681 |A| 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3682 |A| 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3684 |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
| |single path 3M
3685 |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
| |single path 6M
3686 |S| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 1.5M
3687 |A| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 3M
3688 |A| SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
3689 |A| SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)
3691 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 3 M
3693 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 6 M
3694 |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
| |Dual Path 15 M
3925 |A| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926 |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927 |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928 |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930 |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242 |A| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
| |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256 |A| Extender Cable - USB KEYB1.8
4276 |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
4327 |S| 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4328 |S| 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4329 |S| 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4367 |A| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)
4377 |A| Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)
4526 |A| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4527 |A| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4528 |A| 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
4544 |A| Memory Offering, 512GB (Multiples of 16 of 2x16GB DIMMs)
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650 |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666 |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4764 |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4792 |A| Active Memory Expansion Enablement
4807 |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
4808 |A| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
4988 |A| One Processor of 5250 Enterprise Enablement
4989 |A| Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
5000 |A| Software Preload Required
5001 |S| Custom Service Specify, Off-Site
5002 |S| Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg
5160 |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
5161 |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
5162 |S| Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
5163 |S| Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
5289 |A| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5524 |A| RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND
| |HMCS
5550 |A| Sys Console On HMC
5553 |A| Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP
5609 |A| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)
5613 |A| Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter
| |Card
5616 |A| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)
5619 |A| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
5623 |S| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5624 |A| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5638 |A| 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape Drive
5646 |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot
5647 |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5661 |S| DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive
5679 |A| SAS RAID Enablement
5689 |S| DAT160 Data Cartridge
5700 |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701 |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5706 |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5708 |A| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5713 |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714 |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716 |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5717 |A| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5721 |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722 |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723 |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5732 |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
5735 |A| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5736 |A| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5740 |A| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5741 |S| IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5742 |S| IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5743 |S| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5746 |S| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
5747 |A| IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
5748 |A| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5749 |A| 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
5758 |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759 |A| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5762 |S| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5767 |A| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768 |A| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769 |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5771 |A| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5772 |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5773 |S| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5774 |A| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5778 |S| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5782 |S| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5785 |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5786 |S| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
5787 |S| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
5796 |S| PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
5802 |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
5805 |A| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5877 |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
5886 |S| EXP 12S Expansion Drawer
5887 |A| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899 |A| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5900 |S| PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
5901 |A| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5902 |S| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5903 |S| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5904 |A| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
5908 |A| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
5912 |A| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5913 |A| PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb
5915 |A| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5916 |A| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5917 |A| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5918 |A| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
5922 |S| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5923 |A| Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
5924 |A| Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
5951 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
5959 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5964 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
5965 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
5969 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983 |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
6001 |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006 |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007 |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008 |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029 |S| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6068 |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069 |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6248 |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249 |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263 |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272 |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6446 |A| Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach- Short Run
6457 |S| Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Long Run
6458 |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6460 |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6469 |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V,15A),
| | U.S.
6470 |A| Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
6471 |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6472 |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6473 |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6474 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
6475 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6476 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6477 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6478 |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6479 |S| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6487 |S| Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United
| |States
6488 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or
| |250V, 10A )
6489 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
6491 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
6492 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
6493 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6494 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6495 |S| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6496 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6497 |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6498 |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6577 |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580 |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586 |A| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6654 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
6655 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
6656 |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
6659 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660 |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6665 |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669 |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6670 |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),
6671 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672 |A| Power Cord 1.5M (5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680 |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6687 |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
6805 |S| PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
6808 |S| PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
6833 |S| PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
7109 |A| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7118 |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7188 |A| Power Distribution Unit
7204 |S| Quantity 150 of #2124
7205 |S| Quantity 150 of #2125
7206 |S| Quantity 150 of #2126
7207 |S| Quantity 150 of #2127
7208 |S| Quantity 150 of #2128
7213 |S| Quantity 150 of #2138
7305 |A| SDI Software Pre-Install Indicator
7307 |S| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7314 |S| I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
7509 |S| Quantity 150 of #4327
7510 |S| Quantity 150 of #4328
7511 |S| Quantity 150 of #4329
7517 |S| Quantity 150 of #3676
7518 |S| Quantity 150 of #3677
7519 |S| Quantity 150 of #3678
7535 |S| Quantity 150 of #3586
7536 |S| Quantity 150 of #3587
7538 |S| Quantity 150 of #3658
7549 |S| Quantity 150 of #3647
7550 |A| Quantity 150 of #1790
7564 |S| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565 |S| Quantity 150 of #3649
7708 |A| Power Supply, 1700 Watt, DC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
7714 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8334
7715 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8332
7716 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8336
7717 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8335
7740 |A| Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or Redundant
7780 |S| 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
7793 |A| PowerVM Express
7794 |A| PowerVM Standard
7795 |A| PowerVM Enterprise
7801 |S| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
| |Unit
7802 |A| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
| |Unit
7840 |S| Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
7841 |S| Ruggedize Rack Kit
7863 |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type III
8143 |A| Linux Software Preinstall
8144 |A| Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
8332 |A| 8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
8334 |A| 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
8335 |A| 6-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
8336 |A| 8-core 3.55 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
8340 |A| Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
| |with External SAS Port
8841 |S| Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845 |A| USB Mouse
9169 |A| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300 |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9359 |A| specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9360 |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9361 |A| Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9365 |A| Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9366 |A| Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887
9367 |A| Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9368 |A| Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887
9382 |A| Specify mode-1 1(1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9383 |A| Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887
9384 |A| Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887
9385 |A| Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9386 |A| Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887
9440 |A| New AIX License Core Counter
9441 |A| New IBM i License Core Counter
9442 |A| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443 |A| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444 |A| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445 |A| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446 |A| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447 |A| VIOS Core Counter
3457 |A| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
3458 |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to Enclosure
9461 |A| Month Indicator
9462 |A| Day Indicator
9463 |A| Hour Indicator
9464 |A| Minute Indicator
9465 |A| Qty Indicator
9466 |A| Countable Member Indicator
9666 |A| POWER7 Tivoli Storage Manager Specify
9700 |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703 |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704 |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705 |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706 |A| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707 |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708 |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711 |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712 |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714 |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715 |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716 |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718 |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719 |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720 |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721 |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722 |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724 |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725 |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726 |A| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727 |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728 |A| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729 |A| Language Group Specify - Thai
ECB0 |A| 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECB2 |A| 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
EK51 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83 |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
ELPM |A| Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility
EM08 |A| 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM16 |A| 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EM32 |A| 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAM
EPA1 |A| 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
EPA2 |A| 6-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
EPA3 |A| 4-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
EPA4 |A| 8-core 3.2 GHz POWER7 Processor Card
EPB1 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA1
EPB2 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA2
EPB3 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA3
EPB4 |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA4
EPF1 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA1
EPF2 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA2
EPF3 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA3
EPF4 |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA4
EQ02 |A| Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
| |Enclosure
EQ03 |A| Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to
| |Enclosure
EQ38 |A| Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ52 |A| Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ0C |A| Quantity of 150 #ES0C
EQ0D |A| Quantity of 150 #ES0D
ERA5 |S| Rational Appliance Cobol Solution Tracking Code
ERA6 |S| Rational Appliance C/C++ Solution Tracking code
ES0A |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0B |A| 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ES0C |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0D |A| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ESC0 |A| S&H - No Charge
ESC7 |A| S&H
ESRA |A| Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESRB |A| Four ES0B 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
ESRC |A| Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ESRD |A| Four ES0D 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLC
EUC6 |A| Core Use HW Feature
EU01 |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU03 |A| RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
| |Cartridge
EU04 |A| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
| |Cartridge
EU07 |A| RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk
| |Cartridge
EU08 |A| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU15 |A| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU16 |A| 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape Drive
Feature DescriptionsThe following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 8233 machine type. Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features. Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities. The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model. (#0010) - One CSC Billing UnitOne Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.
(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing UnitsTen Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.
(#0032) - Specify Code for External High Speed Modem(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) This specify feature is required if an external high speed modem is to be shipped with the system. The exact machine type-model of the modem shipped will vary based on what is currently stocked in manufacturing. This feature code cannot be ordered in the following countries: Albania, Angola, Armenia, Bahamas, Belize, Brunei, Ghana, Kenya, Macedonia, Moldavia, Nigeria, Rep Dominica, Santa Lucia, Serbia, Trinidad & Tobago, Zambia.
(#0040) - Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify CodeThis code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.
(#0041) - Device Parity Protection-All, Specify CodeThis code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.
(#0043) - Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify CodeThis code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration. For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.
(#0047) - Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify CodeThis code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.
(#0205) - RISC-to-RISC Data Migration#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only receive a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg. When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server. More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at:
(#0265) - AIX Partition SpecifyThis feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.
(#0266) - Linux Partition SpecifyThis feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.
(#0267) - IBM i Operating System Partition SpecifyThis feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.
(#0275) - CSC Specify(No Longer Available as of October 12, 2010) Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).
(#0296) - Specify Custom Data Protection#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.
(#0308) - Mirrored Level System Specify CodeThis specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration. For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller. Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus. For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD. It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.
(#0347) - RAID Hot Spare Specify#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.
(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI CableThis feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.
(#0349) - V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002). This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.
(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI CableThis feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.
(#0354) - V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002). This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.
(#0356) - V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007) This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.36 electrical connection interface.
(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI CableThis feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.
(#0360) - X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002). This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.
(#0365) - V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002). This feature provides a 80-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 electrical connection interface.
(#0444) - CBU SpecifyThis specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU Web site at:
(#0456) - Customer Specified Placement
(#0462) - SSD Placement Indicator - CECThis is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.
(#0463) - SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.
(#0464) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5886This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.
(#0465) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5887This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.
(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rackProvides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:
The following features are also orderable on the #0551:
The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:
(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rackProvides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:
The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:
(#0555) - 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rackProvides a 19-inch, 1.3 meter (49-inch) high rack with 25 EIA units of total space for installing rack-mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The #0555 includes lockable front and rear doors. Filler panels and perforated doors are included to help provide proper airflow and cooling. PDU and power cord features are available for ordering with the rack. This rack does not feature side pockets for PDU mounting. All PDUs must mount horizontally in EIA space.
(#0566) - IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify CodeThis feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.
(#0567) - IBM i 7.1 Specify CodeThis feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.
(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel KitProvides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.
(#0709) - Flexible Thermal Settings for NEBS ApplicationsOrdering this feature will deliver a system that will enable customers to reset the thermal tolerances of the system to the higher limits specified by NEBS Level 3 (Network Equipment Building System) compliant specifications. This feature is also available for systems currently installed via an MES order.
(#0710) - Balanced Warehouse Solution IndicatorThis feature specifies that the DS4000 EXP810 ordered will be a component of the Balanced Warehouse Solution. This feature will automatically be selected by the configurator when a Balanced Warehouse solution is configured. The solution will be integrated at the Customer Solution Center.
(#0711) - IBM mCommerce Application Solution Indicator(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2012) This feature specifies a 8233-E8B server, 7042-CR6 (HMC), 7014-T42 (rack), and 7318-TF3 (console) configuration for the IBM mCommerce Application Solution. The solution will be integrated at the Customer Solution Center.
(#0712) Power Cloud Solution Integrated Solution Indicator for Order RoutingA manufacturing routing code used to route orders to the Custom Solution Center for assembly
(#0719) - Load Source Not in CECThis specify feature indicates to the IBM Marketing configurator tools and IBM manufacturing that disk drives will not be placed in the system unit, but will be placed in I/O drawers or in external SAN attached disk.
(#0722) - #1787 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1787 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0724) - #1996 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1996 SSD is being used as the Load Source.
(#0725) - Specify Load Source in #5786#0725 Specifies that load source disk drive is placed in a #5786 Disk Enclosure.
(#0726) - Load Source 5802/3/77#0726 Specifies that load source HDD is placed in a #5802/#5803 or SSD (#2055) placed in #5802/#5877 I/O expansion unit.
(#0727) - Specify #5886 Load Source placement#0727 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP 12S SAS DASD drawer.
(#0728) - Specify #5887 Load Source placement#0728 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.
(#0835) - #4327 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #4327 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0836) - #4328 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0837) - SAN Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.
(#0838) - #3676 Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a #3676 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0839) - #3677 Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a #3677 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0840) - #3678 Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a #3678 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0841) - #4329 Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a #4329 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0844) - #3658 Load Source SpecifyIndicates that a #3658 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0851) - #1884 Load Source Specify(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011) This specify code indicates that a #1884 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0853) - #1888 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1888 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0854) - #1909 Load Source Specify(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) This specify code indicates that a #1909 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0855) - #3587 Load Source Specify(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)
(#0856) - #1911 Load Source Specify
(#0857) - #1916 Load Source SpecifyThe specify code indicates that a #1916 571GB SAS SFF disk drive is being used as the Load Source.
(#0870) - #1879 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1879 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0871) - #1947 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1947 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0872) - #1948 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1948 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0874) - #1956 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1956 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0875) - #1962 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1962 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0876) - #1794 Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #1794 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0879) - #1737 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-1 disk)This specify code indicates that a #1737 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0880) - #1738 Load Source Specify (856GB SFF-2 disk)This specify code indicates that a #1738 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.
(#0893) - #ES0B Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #ES0B Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.
(#0894) - #ES0D Load Source SpecifyThis specify code indicates that a #ES0D Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.
(#0983) - US TAA Compliance IndicatorThis feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.
(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General UseModem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.
(#1103) - USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of December 28, 2012) USB Internal Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. Highlights
(#1104) - USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of December 28, 2012) USB external Docking Station accommodates a removable RDX disk drive/cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. Highlights
(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) Provides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 160 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 320 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.
(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk DriveProvides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.
(#1108) - Juniper EXP4200 Ethernet Switch(No Longer Available as of October 14, 2011) The Juniper EX4200 Ethernet Switch 48T with Virtual Chassis technology combines the high availability and carrier-class reliability of modular systems with the economics and flexibility of stackable platforms, delivering a high-performance, scalable solution for data center environments. Reference Juniper web site http://www.juniper.net -- EX4200 Ethernet Switch 48T for additional information.
(#1109) - IBM Ethernet Switch J48EThe IBM Ethernet Switch J48E (4273-E48) with Virtual Chassis technology combines the high availability and carrier-class reliability of modular systems with the economics and flexibility of stackable platforms, delivering a high-performance, scalable solution for data center environments. Reference 4273-E48 sales manual for additional details.
(#1111) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M BLUEThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1112) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M BLUEThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1113) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M BLUEThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1114) - Smart Analytics System routing indicator
(#1115) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M GREENThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1116) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M GREENThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1117) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M GREENThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1118) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M YELLOWThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1119) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M YELLOWThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1121) - CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M YELLOWThis feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710. #0712 is also allowed as a Manufacturing Routing Indicator.
(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USAHaving #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).
(#1406) - 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1413) - 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)
(#1414) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1415) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1416) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)
(#1417) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)
(#1418) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
(#1419) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
(#1420) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
(#1421) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
(#1424) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).
(#1425) - 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).
(#1426) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)
(#1427) - 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)
(#1439) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
(#1440) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1441) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
(#1442) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1443) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1445) - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1449) - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)
(#1450) - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH(No Longer Available as of October 15, 2004)
(#1451) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
(#1452) - 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
(#1453) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
(#1454) - 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
(#1455) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
(#1456) - 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
(#1457) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Line Cord(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1458) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)
(#1459) - 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Upper Locking Cord
(#1476) - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
(#1477) - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
(#1737) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/ 5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and then used by AIX/Linux/VIOS. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1738) - 856GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)856GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 2 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. The drive can be reformatted to 512 byte sectors and used by AIX/ Linux/VIOS Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1751) - 900GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/AIX/Linux/VIOS Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1775) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1787) - 177GB SFF-1 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1775) and IBM i (#1787). #1775 and #1787 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or system unit SAS bays. CCIN is 58B3. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1790) - 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen-1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1793) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux)The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4. Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1794) - 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i)The 177GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 177 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. The drive is formatted to 528 byte sectors providing 177 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1793) and IBM i (#1794). #1793 and #1794 are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. The drive is supported in SFF-2 or gen2 SAS bays such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B4. Limitation: can not be used in Gen1 Bays such as the #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1817) - Quantity 150 of #1962This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1962 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1827) - System port/UPS Conversion CableThis cable has 9 pin D-shell receptacle connectors on both ends. Its purpose is to convert an integrated system (serial) port to a UPS attach port. This cable is 0.14m (5.5 inches) long.
(#1828) - 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion CableThis cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.
(#1829) - 0.6 Meter 12X CableWhen used with a 19-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used in a 12X channel external I/O Drawer attachment loop between two 12X channel I/O drawers in the same loop. When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.
(#1830) - 1.5 Meter 12X cableThis 1.5 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop. Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs. This cable can be attached to I/O Drawer adapters with or without repeaters.
(#1834) - 8.0 Meter 12X CableThis 8 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop. Select the 12X cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.
(#1840) - 3.0 Meter 12X CableThis 3 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop. Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs.
(#1841) - 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion CableThis cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 3 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.
(#1844) - Quantity 150 of #1956This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1956 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1854) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion CableThis cable is an enhanced 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.
(#1861) - 0.6 Meter 12X DDR CableWhen used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDR cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.
(#1862) - 1.5 Meter 12X DDR CableThis 1.5 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.
(#1864) - 8.0 Meter 12X DDR CableThis 8 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.
(#1865) - 3.0 Meter 12X DDR CableThis 3 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop. Select the 12X DDR cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.
(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1868) - Quantity 150 of #1947This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1947 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1878) - Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASDThis feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5" DASD.
(#1879) - 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1. Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.
(#1880) - 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-1 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or POWER7 system unit. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19A1. Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-2 bays such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer.
(#1882) - 146.8GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010) 146.8GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier. Characteristics:
(#1883) - 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011) 73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier. Characteristics:
(#1884) - 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011) 69.7 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 69.7 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier. Characteristics:
(#1885) 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systems that accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk. Characteristics:
(#1886) 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier. Characteristics:
(#1887) - Quantity 150 of #1793This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1793 177GB SFF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (AIX/Linux) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1888) 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)139 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 139 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier. Characteristics:
(#1890) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.
(#1905) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#1909) - 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.
(#1910) - 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#1911) - 283GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)283 GB SFF SAS disk in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 283 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.
(#1912) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI AdapterThe PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices. In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device. Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter. Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode. Limitations:
(#1916) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive (IBM i)571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in most POWER7 system units or the #5802/ 5803 I/O drawers. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1927) - Quantity 150 of #1948This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1948 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1947) - 139GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)139GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i) Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1948) - 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1. Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer.
(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1. Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer
(#1954) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X AdapterThe 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.
Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.
(#1956) - 283GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)283GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1958) - Quantity 150 of #1794This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1794 177GB SSF-2 SSD w/ eMLC (IBM i) units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SSD unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#1962) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)600GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.
(#1971) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive AssemblyThe 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. Characteristics:
Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.
(#1972) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive AssemblyThe 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. Characteristics:
Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.
(#1977) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X AdapterThe 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#1978) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X AdapterThe IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot. Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required. Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
(#1979) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X AdapterThe IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
(#1980) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital SupportThe POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.
(#1983) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X AdapterThe IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided. The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
(#1986) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media AdapterThe 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.
(#1987) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media AdapterThe 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.
(#1995) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (AIX/Linux)The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapater. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides. Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage. The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.
(#1996) - 177GB SSD Module with eMLC (IBM i)The Solid State Drive (SSD) Module is a compact storage device about the size of a fat credit card which is placed in a socket of the #2053, #2054 or #2055 PCIe RAID & SAS Adapater. It is shipped from IBM with RAID formatting to provide 177 GB capacity for AIX/IBM i/Linux. Reformatted as JBOD under AIX/Linux provides 200 GB capacity but drops the extra protection RAID formatting provides. Feature #1995 and #1996 are physically identical with CCIN = 58B2, but two features are used to allow IBM configurator tools to understand usage by either AIX/Linux or IBM i. #1995 indicates AIX/ Linux usage. The #1995/1996 uses Enterprise Multi-Level Cell (eMLC) technology, to provide extremely reliable, cost effective, dense SSD storage. The 1.8" SSD module contains a NAND flash controller that provides a 3Gbit/sec SATA interface. Parallel access to 16 flash sites allows overlapped, multi-block access to complete data transfer requests rapidly. An embedded super capacitor ensures data integrity during power fail scenarios.
(#2054) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GbPCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter. The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache. SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot. Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non- cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.
(#2055) - PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3Gb w/ Blind Swap CassettePCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter 3GB is a double-wide, short, PCIE-8x, Solid State Drive (SSD) module controller. Each adapter has four slots and each slot can hold a SSD feature modules. Two feature SDD modules are available. #1995 for AIX/Linux and #1996 for IBM i Initial orders require a minimum of 1 SSD feature module and can be increased to 2 or 4 modules. 3 SSD modules on one adapter is not supported. SSD modules must be either all #1995 or all #1996. There are no external ports and no cables of any type attach/connect to PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter. The PCIe adapter provides RAID 0, 5 or 6 is for AIX and Linux for SSD modules on the PCIe adapter. It provides RAID 5 or 6 for IBM i. Mirroring is supported on all OS types. If RAID 0 is used, the modules must be mirrored. The PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapter does not provide write cache. SSD modules can not be added/removed/replaced until the PCIe adapter is removed from the PCIe slot. Though the electronics are identical and there is one CCIN (57CD), there are three feature codes for the adapter: #2053 Low Profile non- cassette for use in CECs with low profile slots, #2054 non-cassette with tail stock for a full regular height PCIe slot, and #2055 with Blind Swap Cassette for use in #5802 or #5877 PCIe I/ O drawers. There are also #4367 and #4377 which are packages shipping five PCIe adapters and twenty SSD modules.
(#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.
(#2124) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 MeterUltra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter for I/O drawer attachment.
(#2125) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 MeterUltra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.
(#2126) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 MeterUltra 320 SCSI Cable 5 meter for attachment to I/O drawer.
(#2127) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 MeterUltra 320 SCSI Cable 10 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.
(#2128) - Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 MeterUltra 320 SCSI Cable 20 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.
(#2138) - 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI CableUltra 320 SCSI Cable 0.55 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.
(#2145) - Primary OS - IBM iIndicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.
(#2146) - Primary OS - AIXIndicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.
(#2147) - Primary OS - LinuxIndicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.
(#2319) - Factory Deconfiguration of 1-coreFactory deconfiguration of 1 processor core to assist with optimization of software licensing. The maximum number of this feature that can be ordered is one less than the number of cores on the system, e.g. 3 for a 4-core system, 7 for an 8-core system, 15 for a 16-core system, and 31 for a 32-core system .
(#2324) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8334This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#2325) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8332This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#2326) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8336This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#2327) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #8335This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter CableThe 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.
(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter CableThe 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.
(#2728) - 4 port USB PCIe AdapterThe PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, use one FC 4256 per port.
(#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI AdapterThe 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX
(#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital SupportThe POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for Power servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.
(#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
(#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
(#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
(#2893) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/ModemThe #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand. Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations. Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):
The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:
The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment. This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.
(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3MUsed to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.
(#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI busFor connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.
(#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI AdapterThe IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one- slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX Developer's Kit.
(#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.
(#2952) - Cable, V.35V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.
(#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.
(#2954) - Cable, X.21X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.
(#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006) This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems. This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926). 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:
(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7MThis 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.
(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8MThis 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.
(#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive AssemblyThe 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. Characteristics:
Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.
(#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive AssemblyThe 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. Characteristics:
Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.
(#3450) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#3451) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#3452) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis 6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#3453) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis 10 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#3454) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to EnclosureThis 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.
(#3455) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to EnclosureThis 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.
(#3456) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD 6Gb 2-Adapter to EnclosureThis 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.
(#3457) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD 3Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis 15 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#3458) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD 3Gb 2-Adapter to EnclosureThis 15 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter or #ESA1/ESA2 PCIe2 RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.
(#3585) 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps. Characteristics:
Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.
(#3586) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.
(#3587) - 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.
(#3632) - Widescreen LCD MonitorThe Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color MonitorBoth the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:
(#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel MonitorThe IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3640) - ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel MonitorThe ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel MonitorThe IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel MonitorThe ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel MonitorThe IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel MonitorThe IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel MonitorThe IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:
(#3646) - 73GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive73.4GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface. Characteristics:
(#3647) 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) 146.8GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface. Characteristics:
(#3648) 300GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) 300GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS SCSI interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS SCSI interface. Characteristics:
(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface. Characteristics:
(#3652) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1MSAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.
(#3653) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3MSAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.
(#3654) - SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6MSAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adapter. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.
(#3656) - SAS SFF CableThis cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.
(#3657) - Right Angle SAS Tape Drive CableThis cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a right angle 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.
(#3658) 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 428GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface. Characteristics:
Note: This drive is not supported as a load source drive for POWER5/POWER5+ systems.
(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M:This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.
(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M:This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.
(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M:This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.
(#3668) - SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear BulkheadThis SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port (#8345) to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection of external SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.
(#3669) - SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead)This SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port to the rear bulkhead of the system providing connection via cable #3679 to a slot adapter SAS controller. This feature gives the user the ability to split the backplane, allocating a SAS controller for each half of the internal disks. IBM i does not support split backplane capability.
(#3676) - 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk DriveProvides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 69.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3676 is mounted in a carrier and Hot Swap is supported.
(#3677) 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 139.5GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3677 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.
(#3678) 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive (IBM i)(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 283.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3678 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.
(#3679) - SAS Cable (AI)- Adapter to Internal drive 1MThis SAS cable (AI) connects a SAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. It is 1 meter long. This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4x mode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an END DEVICE.
(#3681) - 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters. If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.
(#3682) - 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters. If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.
(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3MThis adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer. For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions. This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.
(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6MThis adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer. For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions. This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.
(#3686) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011) This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3687) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3MThis SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3688) - SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 MeterThis 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT) is used to drive the 12X I/O Drawer Small Form Factor disk using PCIe SAS adapters installed in the drawer. If SFF disk is installed in the 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk, then there must be at least one SAS AT cable assigned.
(#3689) - SAS AT Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to 12X Enclosure (AT)This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a SAS adapter located in a PCIe I/O drawer to a SAS port on that same I/O drawer. This AT cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and one Mini SAS connector. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. The Mini SAS connectors attaches to the I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5802 or #5803 12X PCIe I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.
(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 MThis SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 MThis SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 MThis SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 MThis SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.
(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-PinThis cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.
(#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.
(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7MThis 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.
(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10MThis 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.
(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter CableThis cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port which is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/720/730/740 system unit .
(#4242) 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.
(#4256) Extender Cable-USB KEYB1.8This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.
(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection ConverterThis feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.
(#4327) - 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit#4327 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 70.56GB capacity and an Ultra320 SCSI interface.
(#4328) - 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk UnitProvides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 141.12GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.
(#4329) - 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk UnitProvides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 282.25GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.
(#4367) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1995 (AIX/Linux)This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1995) for AIX and Linux. Feature 4367 is used to order and remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1995 are not used with this feature.
(#4377) - Package 5X #2055 & 20X #1996 (IBM i)This feature will deliver a packaged of five PCIe RAID & SSD SAS Adapters 3Gb w/ Blind Swap Cassette (equivalent to #2055) and twenty 177GB SSD Modules with eMLC (equivalent to #1996) for IBM i. Feature 4367 is used to order and to remains in IBM AAS records. Features #2055 and #1996 are not used with this feature.
(#4526) - 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 8GB of system memory with two 4GB DIMMs.
(#4527) - 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs.
(#4528) - 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 32GB of system memory with two 16GB DIMMs.
(#4544) - Memory Offering, 512GB (Multiples of 16 of 2x16GB DIMMs)Each occurrence of this feature delivers 2 each 16GB DIMMs for a total of 32GB of memory (1066 MHz, 2Gb DRAM). This is a special priced feature that can only be ordered in multiples of 16. The minimum result being 512 GB of memory in 32 (16GB) DIMMs. No order quantity other than 16 will be accepted. Note: MES orders for feature number 4544 are available only for authorized IBM Business Partners certified for participation in the IBM Solution Delivery Integration (SDI) Program.
One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666). (#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory IntegratedThis indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing. Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack. Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.
(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order. When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order. Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.
(#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Instiute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will be able to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing the firmware CD previously provided. Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates:
(#4792) - Active Memory Expansion EnablementThis feature enables memory expansion on the system. Using compression/decompression of memory content can effectively expand the maximum memory capacity providing additional server workload capacity and performance.
(#4807) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card. #4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette. Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights
Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.
(#4808) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card. #4807, #4808 and #4809 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #4807 indicates no blind swap cassette. #4808 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #4809 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette. Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights
Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.
(#4988) - One Processor of 5250 Enterprise EnablementThis feature will activate one processors worth of 5250 Enterprise Enablement in an IBM i environment.
(#4989) - Full 5250 Enterprise EnablementThis feature will fully activate 5250 Enterprise Enablement in an IBM i environment.
(#5000) - Software Preload RequiredIndicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.
(#5001) - Custom Service Specify, Off-SiteFor exclusive use by the Rochester Custom Solution Center. Marketing configurator support is not required/provided. Having #5001 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).
(#5002) - Customer Solution Center - Rochester Mfg(No Longer Available as of February 21, 2012) Indicates that machine is to be routed to the CSC. This feature has country-specific usage.
(#5160) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMAThis feature provides a single phase NEMA PDU for 19 inch Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets. System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5160. The following line cords are supported on the #5160:
(#5161) - Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IECThis feature provides a single phase IEC PDU for iSeries racks. Each PDU provides six outlets. System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5161. The following line cord is supported on the #5161:
(#5162) - Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 PhaseThis feature provides a 2 of 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets. The following line cord is supported on the #5162:
(#5163) - Power Dist Unit - 3 PhaseThis feature provides a 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets. System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5163. The following line cord is supported on the #5163:
(#5289) - 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe AdapterAdapter provides connection for 2 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. Two RJ45 connections are located on the rear of the adapter. To attach to devices using a 9-pin (DB9) connection, use an RJ45-to-DB9 converter. For convenience, one converter is included with this feature. One converter for each connector needing a DB9 connector is needed. The converter cable shipped with the feature is a 10-pin RJ-45 approximately 30 cm or 1 foot in length. 10-pin is often used for DCE devices like modems. DTE devices may be able to use fewer pin connections. Multiple RJ-45 pin out options are used and sold across the industry. The #3930 feature provides an 8-pin RJ45-to-DB9 converter cable. If an addition 10-pin RJ45-to-DB9 connector like the cable provided with the adapter is desired, it is commonly available from multiple sources and identified as a serial cable with a Digi part number 76000239. It is also possible to look up the cable's pin out specifications and build your own cables. Note: #5289 and # 5290 are physically and electrically identical adapters except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 2-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 4-port #5785/5277 except for the number and type of connectors. Limitation: As of 2012, IBM i does not support PPP protocol. Also IBM i only supports use on POWER7 and POWER7+ servers.
(#5524) RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCSThe specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.
(#5550) - Sys Console On HMCWith #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:
(#5553) - Sys Console-Ethernet No IOPThis specify indicates the use of an embedded CEC LAN port for the system console connection using Operations Console (LAN).
(#5609) - GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (GX++)GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5609 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter. Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1854. This feature is used to attach the #5802 PCIe 12 X I/O Drawer to the 8203-E4A and 8204-E8A.
(#5613) Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter CardIntegrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Short Range Ethernet optical connection that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.
(#5616) - GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach (GX+)GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1854.
(#5619) - 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape DriveThe Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen6 tape drive uses the new larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 36/72 GB 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DAT160 Data Cartridge) Characteristics
(#5623) - Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter CardIntegrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. Features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.
(#5624) - 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter CardIntegrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure. One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems
(#5638) - 1.5TB/3.0TB LTO-5 SAS Tape DriveThe SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive will Write/Read Ultrium5, Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4) and Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3) formats. It has capacity of 1.5 TB native or 3.0 TB Compressed. Highlights:
Media
Technology: Linear
(#5646) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short SlotThis feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express or PCI-X adapter designed to meet the "short" adapter size defined in the PCI Standard and used in a slot defined as a "short" slot. Use FC #5647 for PCI adapters that are mounted in a "standard" length PCI slot.
(#5647) - Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard SlotThis feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.
(#5661) - DAT320 160/320 GB Tape Drive(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) The internal Tape drive is a half-high form factor for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen7 tape drive uses the new DAT320 DAT cartridge, and is compression capable, providing a capacity of to 320 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) a significant increase in capacity over the previous DAT160 #5619 80/160GB internal tape drive (when using DAT320 Data Cartridges) Characteristics
Note: * DAT160 cartridges are to be used for occasional use only as they are more abrasive then the new DAT320 Data cartridge and will cause excessive head wear if used for more than occasional use. Note: ** Encryption is AES-GCM 256 bit Hardware Encryption on DAT320 media
(#5679) - SAS RAID EnablementThe SAS RAID Enablement feature provides the internal SAS enclosure with 0, 5, 6 and 10 RAID function and Auxiliary cache via backplane pluggable daughter cards. The daughter cards contains the RAID function and a 175MByte of Write Cache. The Auxiliary daughter card plugs into a special slot on the planar and provides battery power pack and redundant 175MByte write cache memory for the daughter card. Concurrent maintenance of the RAID daughter card and the Auxiliary daughter card is not supported; however, concurrent maintenance of the battery pack is supported. A SAS DASD/Media Backplane with an external SAS port in combination with feature number 5679 provides one external RAID enabled SAS port.
(#5689) - DAT160 Data Cartridge80GB Native/160GB Compressed
(#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X AdapterThe IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot. Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required. Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
(#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X AdapterThe IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode. IOP and IOPless version
(#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X AdapterThe IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided. The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution. Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock. Highlights
Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)
(#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media AdapterThe 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.
(#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media AdapterThe 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.
(#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X AdapterThe 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
(#5717) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express AdapterThe 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low- profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.
(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.
(#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI AdapterConnection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.
(#5732) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express AdapterThe 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission. Highlights:
Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)
Attributes provided:
(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel AdapterThe 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached. N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS. Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:
Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.
Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
--------|--------------|-------------|------------|
OM3 |.5m - 500m |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m |
OM2 |.5m - 300m |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1 |.5m - 150m |.5m - 70m |.5m - 21m |
#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI AdapterThe PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can only support external attach SCSI devices. In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device. Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter. Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode. Feature #5736 and #5806 are physically identical cards with the same 571A CCIN. Different features are used to help IBM configurator tool understand whether or not an IOP is being used with the adapter. #5806 indicates an IOP is present. Limitations:
(#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X AdapterThe 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.
Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.
(#5741) - IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater CardThe Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer and in the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Dis Drawer. The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:
(#5742) - IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater CardThe Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer or the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. This high availability dual initiator feature allows the connection of two adapter cards to a SCSI group. The high availability SCSI connection feature can be used on any or all of the drive groups in the 7031 Model D24 and feature #5786 in conjunction with other drive groups in the enclosure using the standard IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card (FC #5741). The Dual repeater option can also be used to connect all 12 of the front drives or all 12 of the rear drives into a single SCSI bus of 12 drives. The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:
(#5743) - SATA Slimline DVD-ROM DriveThe 8X/24X(max) Slimline SATA DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports reading DVD-RAM and a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media. Characteristics
Limitations
(#5746) - HH 800GB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012) The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed. Highlights
(#5747) - IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data CartridgeThe Data Cartridge provides storage physical capacity (1.6 TB with 2:1 compression) . Each data cartridge is embedded with an LTO Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip, which is designed to enable fast simultaneous transfer of cartridge-dependent data with IBM tape drives during media load and unload cycles. The green cartridge color distinguishes it from previous generations of IBM LTO Ultrium Media.
(#5748) - POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics AcceleratorThe POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.
(#5749) - 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5758) - 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5762) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive(No Longer Available as of June 28, 2013) The IBM SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media. Characteristics
Limitations
(#5767) - 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express AdapterThe IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed. A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided. The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
(#5768) - 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express AdapterThe IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided. The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit. Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required. Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
(#5769) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express AdapterThe 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission. Highlights
Attributes
(#5771) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM DriveThis DVD drive reads and writes 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs. It also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media. Characteristics
Limitations: DVD video is not supported.
(#5772) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express AdapterThe 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high- performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules. Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers. Highlights
Note: * Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.
(#5773) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The 4 Gigabit PCIe Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5774) - 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel AdapterThe 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates. The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required. Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
(#5778) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOPProvides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. #5782 is the same adapter card, but with the #5782 the adapter is placed in a double-wide blind swap cassette.
(#5782) - PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOPProvides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via IBM i. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer or #5796 PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer. This feature includes a double-wide blind swap cassette in which the disk controller is placed. The cassette is required to locate the disk controller in a Power 570, 770, 780 system unit or #5790 I/ O drawer. #5782 indicates an IOP is not used.
(#5785) - 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe AdapterConnection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports. Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-height or low-profile). Note also the 4-port #5289/5290 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.
(#5786) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk DwrProvides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units. #5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units. One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. The following SCSI cables are available:
(#5787) - TotalStorage EXP24 Disk TwrProvides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units. #5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units. One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5778/#5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. The following SCSI cables are available:
(#5796) - PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012) The #5796 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer providing six full length, 64 bit, 3.3 volt, 266MHz PCI-X DDR slots. Blind swap cassettes are used to insert or remove the PCI-X cards. The #5796 is attached to a system using a GX Dual Port 12X Channel Attach adpater in a 12X loop. Either a 12X Short Run adapter (6446) or 12X Long Run adapter (6457) must be selected on each #5796. Up to four #5796 can be attached on the same 12X loop using a mixture of Short Run and Long Run adapters. The #5796 includes redundant hot-swap power and cooling. The blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card concurrent maintenance without removing the I/O expansion drawer. The #5796 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. Two #5796 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7314 using a total of four EIA. The #5796 are not required to be attached to the same system. Each #5796 requires two power cords When placed in an IBM i partition, these PCI-X DDR slots support only smart IOAs and do not support an IOP or an IOA which requires an IOP.
(#5802) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF diskThis feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots and eighteen SAS hot-swap Small Form Factor disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864, or #1865). When SFF Disk are installed, they are driven by at least one SAS PCIe adapter and SAS AT cable (#3688). Using a mode switch the 18 SFF slots can be configured as one group of 18 slots (AIX/Linux) or two groups or 9 slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux) or four groups of 4 or 5 slots (AIX/Linux).
(#5805) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID AdapterThe #5805 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5805 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5805 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5805 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5805 can also be paired with a #5903 adapter. Feature 5805 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24 Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5805 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawer. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself. Highlights
(#5877) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No DiskThis feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864 or #1865).
(#5886) - EXP 12S Expansion Drawer(No Longer Available as of January 6, 2012) The EXP 12S is an expansion drawer with twelve 3.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5886 supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD) or up to 8 hot-swap Solid State Drives (SSD). The EXP 12S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. Though the drawer is one set of 12 drives which is run by one SAS controller or one pair of SAS controllers, it has two SAS attachment ports and two Service Managers for redundancy. The EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The SAS controller can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters or can be an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port such as the 8203 or 8204. Attachment to the controller is via the appropriate external SAS cables. A pair of #5886 EXP12S drawers can be attached together with SAS cables allowing the SAS controller(s) to access 24 SAS bays.
(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay DrawerThe EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays. With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1). In mode 1 (one set of 24 bays) two EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 2 ( two sets of 12 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used. In mode 4 (four sets of 6 bays) four EXP24S SAS connectors are used. The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.
(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE AdapterThis short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode. Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock. Details for the ports include:
(#5900) - PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS AdapterThe PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. The Adapter provides two SAS channels (busses). In a wide configuration, providing redundant ports to the devices, 1 Gbs throughput is supported. In the non-redundant configuration up to 3 Gbs is supported. The adapter supports RAID level 0 (with mirroring) and 10 Highlights
(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS AdapterThe #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/72 GB DAT72, 80/160GB DAT160, and 800/1600GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives. The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a POWER6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself. Highlights
(#5902) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID AdapterThe PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. It is used with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters. Highlights
(#5903) - PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter(No longer available as of January 07, 2011) The #5903 PCIe 380 MB Cache Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter that supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS solid state drives (SSD) using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high-level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the feature 5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two of feature 5903 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. Feature 5903 is installed in pairs, allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the feature 5903 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled. The #5903 can also be paired with a #5805 adapter. Feature 5903 supports SAS disk drives (HDD) and SAS-bay-based SSD located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or drives located in an EXP12S Disk Drawer or EXP24S Disk Drawer. AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached, and RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10 are supported. Similarly, IBM i RAID formatted HDD and SSD can also also be attached, and RAID 5 and RAID 6 is support. AIX, IBM i and Linux also support The #5805 is electronically identical to the #5903 and both the 5903 and 5805 use CCIN number is 574E. The #5805 adapter is slightly more narrow than the #5903 due to the placement of its cache batteries. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5903 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S and/or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself. Highlights
(#5904) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID AdapterPCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers or supported Power system CEC. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/O drawer in addition to the two #5887. It supports up to 8 drive slots in the CEC of a supported system. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C. The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter. #5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5904 indicates no blind swap cassette and is used in enclosures such as a Power 550 CEC or Power 750 CEC. With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux. Highlights
(#5908) - PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk controller drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of two #5887 EXP24S drawers, but can also support a #5886 I/O drawer in addition to the two #5887 providing a total of 60 SAS bays. It supports up to 6 drive slots in one POWER6 560/570/770 CEC drawers and up to three POWER6 560/570/770 drawers in the same server. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C. The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter. #5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5908 indicates a Gen-3 blind swap cassette used in enclosures such as the 19-inch #5790, 5796 or Power 570 CEC. With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP 12S/#5887 EXP24S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux. Highlights
(#5912) - PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS AdapterThe PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters. Highlights
(#5913) - PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6GbThe PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb (#5913) provides high performance HDD or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen2 technology. HDD and SSD can be either SFF or 3.5-inch drives (or both). A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. The #5913 provides three Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the #5887 EXP24S, #5886 EPX12S, or #5802/5803 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X , YO or AT SAS cables with HD connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 3 EXP24S or 6 EXP12S can be attached. If controlling drives in a #5802/ 5803 the #5913 pairs must be located in that #5802/5803. An AA SAS cable with HD connectors is attached to the #5913 pair to communicate status and cache content information and is required unless all three ports are being used to attach I/O drawers. The #5913 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). The adapter's CCIN is 57B5.
Note: Although this adapter is supported on IBM i in a VIOS configuration, caution is recommended with workloads that are heavy writes, including system functions such as load/restore. (#5915) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD 6Gb Adapter to AdapterThis 3 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
(#5916) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to AdapterThis 6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
(#5917) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD 6Gb Adapter to AdapterThis 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
(#5918) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to AdapterThis 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connectors which connect the top connectors of two #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapters. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. An AA cable is always required between a pair of #5913 adapters unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
(#5922) - Non-paired SAS RAID indicatorFeature 5922 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5902. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5902 on one system and the paired #5902 located on a second system. Limitation: IBM i systems must have both adapters on the same server.
(#5923) - Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID IndicatorFeature 5923 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5903. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5903 on one system and the paired #5903 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.
(#5924) - Non-paired Indicator 5913 PCIe SAS RAID AdapterFeature 5924 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5913. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5913 on one system and the paired #5913 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.
(#5951) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5952) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5953) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5954) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5955) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5956) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5957) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5958) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5959) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5960) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5961) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5962) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5964) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5965) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5966) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5967) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5968) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5969) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5970) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5971) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5972) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5973) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5974) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5975) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5976) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5977) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5978) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5979) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5980) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5981) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5982) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.
(#5983) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.
(#6001) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meterThis feature provides a two-meter power control cable.
(#6006) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meterThis feature provides a three-meter power control cable.
(#6007) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meterThis feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.
(#6008) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meterThis feature provides a six-meter power control cable.
(#6029) - Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meterThis feature provides a thirty-meter power control cable.
(#6068) - Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.
(#6069) - Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.
(#6248) - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.
(#6249) - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.
(#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim KitThis feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).
(#6272) - 2.0m Rack Trim KitThis feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).
(#6446) - Dual-port 12X Channel Interface Attach- Short Run(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012) This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X Channel connectors to support attachment of the I/O drawer into the loop. This adapter does not include the repeater function and is intended to support configurations where the Host system and the external I/O drawers in the loop are located in the same rack. Cables attached to this adapter have the following restrictions. Cables between this adapter and a host system may not exceed 3.0 Meters in length. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 1.5 Meters if both I/O drawers include this Short Run adapter feature #6446. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 3.0 Meters if either of the I/O drawers includes this Short Run adapter feature #6446. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.
(#6457) - Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Long Run(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2012) This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X channel connectors to support attachment of the drawer into the loop. This adapter includes the repeater function and can support longer cable loops allowing drawers to be located in adjacent racks. 12X Cables up to 8 Meters in length can be attached to this adapter. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.
(#6458) - Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10AStandard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).
(#6460) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.
(#6469)-Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U.S.This power cord goes from system or I/O drawer to the wall or rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.
(#6470) - Power Cord 1.8m(6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.
(#6471) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil
(#6472) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.
(#6473) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B- 2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark
(#6474) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia
(#6475) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel
(#6476) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein Switzerland
(#6477) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh LeSotho Maceo Maldives Nambia Pakistan Samoa South Africa Sri Lanka Swaziland Uganda
(#6478) - Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya
(#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa
(#6487) Power Cord 1.8M (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011) This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Phillipines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.
(#6488) Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina Paraguay Uruguay
(#6489) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6491) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6492) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord#6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6493) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China
(#6494) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India
(#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil
(#6496) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea
(#6497) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #10 (NEMA L6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6497 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord. Canada Colombia Japan Mexico United States
(#6498) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #34 (RS 3720U-2). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-43700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6498 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Canada Japan United States
(#6577) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10AThis feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU cable length (1.5M, 2.7M or 4.2M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order with 7014-T00 or T42 racks. Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650.
(#6580) - Optional Rack Security KitThis feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.
(#6586) - Modem Tray for 19-Inch RackThis feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.
(#6651) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan
(#6654) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord#6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A locking power cord with a Type 12 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6655) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord#6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6656) - 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.
(#6659) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan
(#6660) - Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.
(#6665) - Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10AStandard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.
(#6669) - Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.
(#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.
(#6671) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10AStandard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.
(#6672) - Power Cord 1.5M (5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10AStandard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 5-foot length.
(#6680) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa
(#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.
(#6805) - PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOPFeature #6805 is a 2 RVX port WAN IOA that supports multiple protocols on Asynchronous and Synchronous Mode connections On the IBM i Operating system, the #6805 may be used either with or without an IOP.
Connection | With an IOP | IOPless |
-----------------------------|---------------|-----------|
Asynchronous Connection: | | |
PPP (Point to Point Protocol)| Yes | Yes |
ASC (Async) | Yes | Yes |
FAX | Yes | Yes |
| | |
Synchronous Connection: | | |
Sync PPP | Yes | Yes |
BSC (Bisync) | Yes | Yes |
SDLC | Yes | No |
X.25 | Yes | No |
FR (Frame Relay) | Yes | No |
The #6805 supports SNA only if configured with an IOP. If SNA is required in an IOPless environment, IBM i Enterprise Extender supports SNA over a LAN Connection and encapsulates the SNA frame within a TCP/IP frame. The following self-configuring cables provide the physical connections to #6805:
Note: The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter. Multiple #0367 cables may be ordered (but only one per #6805) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. When #6805 is selected to support ECS, one of following cables must be specified:
#6805 does not support remote power-on. IOPs are not supported on POWER7 systems.
(#6808) - PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP(No Longer Available as of April 29, 2011) The #6808 is a four-line WAN modem adapter, with four RJ-11 ports, it supports V.92 56K Async SLIP/PPP and V.34 Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K via integrated modems. Connection to the V.92 ports is via telephone cable. The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem synchronization periods. The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported. Remote power on via ring-indicator and SDLC are not supported. #6808 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function. #6808 does not have complex impedance matching (CIM). This version of the four-line WAN modem adapter does not require an I/O processor. #6808 does not make use of an IOP. A minimum of one modem cable must be ordered for each #6808. All modem cables installed on a system must be the same feature number.
(#6833) - PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOPThe #6833 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand. Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations. Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):
ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:
The #6833 does not support the remote ring indicate function. #6833 does not support SNA communications except through IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.
(#7109) - Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 ConnectorThis feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.
(#7118) - Environmental Monitoring ProbeThe Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware v3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.
(#7188) - Power Distribution UnitAn AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188. One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;
(#7204) - Quantity 150 of #2124Ships a quantity of 150 #2124 1m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7205) - Quantity 150 of #2125Ships a quantity of 150 #2125 3m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7206) - Quantity 150 of #2126Ships a quantity of 150 #2126 5m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7207) - Quantity 150 of #2127Ships a quantity of 150 #2127 10m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7208) - Quantity 150 of #2128Ships a quantity of 150 #2128 20m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7213) - Quantity 150 of #2138Ships a quantity of 150 #2138 0.55m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7305) - SDI Software Pre-Install IndicatorSoftware pre-install indicator for SDI
(#7307) - Dual I/O Unit Enclosure(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010) The #7307 enclosure provides the mounting hardware, with adjustable rails, required to install a #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed. The #7307 and #7311 are functionally equivalent except the #7307 can be used in the #0554 and #0555 racks and has rails adjustable to 29.25 inches depth.
(#7314) - I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This enclosure is required to mount the #5796 I/O drawer or 7314-G30 I/O drawer in a 19" rack. It will accommodate one or two #5796/ 7314-G30 I/O drawers side by side in the same 4 EIA space in the rack. This feature contains the hardware required for mounting in a 7014 rack or in a 0551, 0553, 0555 feature number rack.
(#7509) - Quantity 150 of #4327This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4327 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7510) - Quantity 150 of #4328Ships a quantity of 150 #4328 141.12GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7511) - Quantity 150 of #4329Ships a quantity of 150 #4329 280.25GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7517) - Quantity 150 of #3676This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3676 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7518) - Quantity 150 of #3677(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3677 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7519) - Quantity 150 of #3678(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3678 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7535) - Quantity 150 of #3586(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) Ships a quantity 150 of #3586, 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
(#7536) - Quantity 150 of #3587(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011) This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3587 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7538) - Quantity 150 of #3658(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3658 (428 GB SAS) disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
(#7550) - Quantity 150 of #1790This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1790 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Quantity of 150 of #3648.
(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2013) Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive.
(#7708) - Power Supply, 1700 Watt, DC, Hot-swap, Base and RedundantThis feature provides an 1700 Watt DC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. No additional power cord needs to be ordered since the DC power supply includes a power cord. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.
(#7714) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8334This feature will activate one processor on a #8334 processor card.
(#7715) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8332This feature will activate one processor on a #8332 processor card.
(#7716) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8336This feature will activate one processor on a #8336 processor card.
(#7717) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #8335This feature will activate one processor on a #8335 processor card.
(#7740) - Power Supply, 1725 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base or RedundantThis feature provides an 1725 Watt AC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord must be ordered for each power supply ordered. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.
(#7780) - 2.0m Rack Side Attach KitThis feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without exiting the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.
(#7793) - PowerVM ExpressThis feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitions of any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This feature does not require an HMC. PowerVM Express may be managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC. Note: If feature 7793 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.
(#7794) - PowerVM StandardThis feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 32-core system requires that thirty-two of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. Note: If feature 7794 is ordered, the quantity ordered myst be equal to the number of active processors.
(#7795) - PowerVM EnterpriseThis feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 32-core system requires that thirty-two of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER7 server to another with no application downtime. Note: If feature 7795 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.
(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System UnitThis feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.
(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System UnitThis feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.
(#7840) - Side-by-Side for 1.8m RacksThis feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side to side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.
(#7841) - Ruggedize Rack KitFor enhanced rigidity and stability of the rack, the optional Ruggedized Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rack and anchors it to the floor. This hardware is designed primarily for use in locations where earthquakes are a concern. The feature includes a large steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It is hinged on the left side so it can swing out of the way for easy access to the rack drawers when necessary. The Ruggedize Rack Kit also includes hardware for bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface, and bolt-in steel filler panels for any noccupied spaces in the rack.
(#7863) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type IIIThis feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.
(#8143) - Linux Software PreinstallThis feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. #8143 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005.
(#8144) - Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. #8144 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005 or #7305. This feature is only available to IBM Business Partner - Solution Providers and IBM Business Partner - Systems Integrators.
(#8332) - 8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card8-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#8334) - 8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 Processor Card8-core 3.0 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#8335) - 6-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 Processor Card6-core 3.3 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#8336) - 8-core 3.55 GHz POWER7 Processor Card8-core 3.55 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#8340) Enhanced DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS PortThis feature code provides a high function and high availability 8x2.5" SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3674 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3668 on the 8204-E8A/8233-E8B/8236-E8C) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 4-disk groups (with cable #3670 on the 8203-E4A and cable #3669 on the 8204-E8A/ 8233-E8B). Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive. IBM i does not support split backplane option.
(#8841) - Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment CableThis feature provides a three button USB mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard. Color is Business Black.
(#8845) - USB MouseThe optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.
(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator- System PlantThis feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.
(#9300) - Language Group Specify - US EnglishEnglish language group for nomenclature and standard publications.
(#9359) - specify mode-1 1(1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with one PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 or #5278), utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9360) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with two individual PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9361) - Specify mode-2 1(2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9365) - Specify mode-4 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9366) - Specify mode-2 1(4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of up to 12 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables (#3661 3m,#3456 10m,#3458 15m) connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9367) - Specify mode-1 1(2)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 1-24 drive bays) with a pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate YO cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. This specify only impacts IBM's initial shipment of the EXP24S. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.
(#9368) - Specify mode-2 1(4)5903/5805 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two pair of PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (either pair #5903 or 5805 or combination of both) utilizing two appropriate X cable connecting to the I/O Adapters (IOA). IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9382) - Specify mode-1 1(1)5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with one PCIe 3G SAS RAID controller (#5904, #5906 or #5908) utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA). IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.
(#9383) - Specify mode-1 1(2) 5904/6/8 for EXP24S #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with a pair of PCI-X 3G SAS RAID controller (#5904, #5906 or #5908) utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the PCI-X I/ O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.
(#9384) - Specify mode-1 & CEC SAS port for EXP24 #5887Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with the internal 3G SAS port utilizing one appropriate length YI cable connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.
(#9385) - Specify mode-1 1(2) 5913 for EXP24S #5887Specify feature 9385 (Specify mode-1 1(2 )5913 for EXP24S #5887) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to Mode 1 (one group of 24 SFF bays) and two pair of PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb (#5913). Select two YO cable #3450 1.5m, #3451 3m, #3452 6m, #3453 10m) and one AA cable (#5915 3m, #5916 6m, #5917 1.5m) and AIX, IBM i or Linux. Include one interconnecting 6Gb AA cable (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped.
(#9386) - Specify mode-2 1(4) 5913 for EXP24S #5887Specify feature 9386 (Specify mode-2 1(4 )5913 for EXP24S #5887) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12 SFF bays) and four PCIe2 1.8GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Tri-port 6Gb. Select #5913 and two appropriate length X cable (#3454 3m, #3456 10m). Include AIX, or Linux and select two AA cables (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired SAS adapters. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 is shipped. Supported by AIX and Linux.
(#9440) - New AIX License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.
(#9441) - New IBM i License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run IBM i.
(#9442) - New Red Hat License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.
(#9443) - New SUSE License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.
(#9444) - Other AIX License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.
(#9445) - Other Linux License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.
(#9446) - 3rd Party Linux License Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.
(#9447) - VIOS Core CounterThis feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).
(#9461) - Month IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9462) - Day IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9463) - Hour IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9464) - Minute IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9465) - Qty IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9466) - Countable Member IndicatorAdministrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.
(#9666) - POWER7 Tivoli Storage Manager SpecifyThis feature will result in Tivoli Storage Manager being pre-loaded by authorized IBM Business Partners.
(#9700) - Language Group Specify - DutchDutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9703) - Language Group Specify - FrenchFrench language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9704) - Language Group Specify - GermanGerman language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9705) - Language Group Specify - PolishPolish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9706) - Language Group Specify - NorwegianNorwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9707) - Language Group Specify - PortuguesePortuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9708) - Language Group Specify - SpanishSpanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9711) - Language Group Specify - ItalianItalian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian FrenchCanadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9714) - Language Group Specify - JapaneseJapanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9716) - Language Group Specify - KoreanKorean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9718) - Language Group Specify - TurkishTurkish language group for nomenclature and publications.
(#9719) - Language Group Specify - HungarianHungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9720) - Language Group Specify - SlovakianSlovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9721) - Language Group Specify - RussianRussian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.
(#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.
(#9724) - Language Group Specify - CzechCzech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.
(#9725) - Language Group Specify -- RomanianRomanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9726) - Language Group Specify - CroatianCroatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9727) - Language Group Specify -- SlovenianSlovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9728) - Language Group Specify - Brazilian PortugueseBrazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#9729) - Language Group Specify - ThaiThai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.
(#ECB0) - 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet CableThis 0.6M Cat5e cables is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.
(#ECB2) - 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet CableThis cable connects the Flex System Enterprise Chassis to managed PDUs and the IBM Storwize V7000 Disk System.
(#EK51) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103PThis feature provides a USB attached US English #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK52) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189This feature provides a USB attached French #189 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK53) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK54) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK55) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166PThis feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK56) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK57) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK58) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK59) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK60) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK61) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK62) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK64) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK65) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK66) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK67) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK68) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK69) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK70) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK71) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK72) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK73) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK74) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK75) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK76) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK77) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK78) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK79) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK80) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK81) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK82) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#EK83) - Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103PThis feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P business black quiet touch keyboard.
(#ELPM) - Trial PowerVM Live Partition MobilityThis feature will enable a customer to evaluate Live Partition Mobility at no-charge for 60 days. At the conclusion of the trial period clients place an upgrade order for permanent PowerVM Enterprise Edition to maintain continuity. At the end of the trial period (60 days), the client's system will automatically return to PowerVM Standard Edition. Live Partition Mobility, available only with PowerVM Enterprise Edition, allows for the movement of a running partition from one Power System server to another with no application downtime, resulting in better system utilization, improved application availability, and energy savings. With Live Partition Mobility, planned application downtime due to regular server maintenance can be a thing of the past.
(#EM08) - 8GB (2x4GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 8GB of system memory with two 4GB DIMMs.
(#EM16) - 16GB (2x8GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 16GB of system memory with two 8GB DIMMs.
(#EM32) - 32GB (2x16GB) Memory DIMMs, 1066 MHz, 2Gb DDR3 DRAMProvides 32GB of system memory with two 16GB DIMMs.
(#EPA1) - 8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 Processor Card8-core 3.6 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#EPA2) - 6-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor Card6-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#EPA3) - 4-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 Processor Card4-core 3.7 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#EPA4) - 8-core 3.2 GHz POWER7 Processor Card8-core 3.2 GHz POWER7 processor card. There are 8 DDR3 DIMM slots on the processor card.
(#EPB1) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA1This feature will activate one processor on a #EPA1 processor card.
(#EPB2) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA2This feature will activate one processor on a #EPA2 processor card.
(#EPB3) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA3This feature will activate one processor on a #EPA3 processor card.
(#EPB4) - One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #EPA4This feature will activate one processor on a #EPA4 processor card.
(#EPF1) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA1This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#EPF2) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA2This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#EPF3) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA3This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#EPF4) - Zero-priced Processor Activation for #EPA4This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with a qualifying IBM Edition.
(#EQ02) Quanity 150 of #3452 SAS YO Cable 6m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis feature provides 150 cables of feature 3452 which is a 6 meter SAS cable that connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#EQ03) Quantity 150 of #3453 SAS YO Cable 10m - HD 6Gb Adapter to EnclosureThis feature provides 150 10 meter SAS cables that connects a SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density)connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput. Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS I/O drawer.
(#EQ38) - Quantity 150 of #1738 (856GB SFF-2 disk)This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1738 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#EQ52) - Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1752 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
(#EQ0C) - Quantity of 150 #ES0CThis feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0C disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records
(#EQ0D) - Quantity of 150 #ES0DThis feature ships a quantity of 150 #ES0D disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records
(#ERA5) - Rational Appliance Cobol Solution Tracking Code(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature is used to track the occurence of Rational Appliance Enterprise Edition with Cobol solution on the Power 750.
(#ERA6) - Rational Appliance C/C++ Solution Tracking code(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012) This feature is used to track the occurence of Rational Appliance Enterprise Edition with C/C++ solution on the Power 750.
(#ES0A) - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLCThis SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8. ES0A and ES0B are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0A indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0B indicates usage by IBM i. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported
(#ES0B) - 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLCThis SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF SAS bays in the #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays. CCIN is 58B8. ES0A and ES0B are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0A indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0B indicates usage by IBM i. Limitation: can not be used in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported
(#ES0C) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLCThis SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9. ES0C and ES0D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0D indicates usage by IBM i. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported
(#ES0D) - 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLCThis SFF (2.5") SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) is shipped from IBM with 387 GB capacity formatted with 528 byte sectors. The drive is supported in SFF-2 SAS bays in the #5887 I/O drawer. CCIN is 58B9. ES0C and ES0D are physically identical drives which have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used. ES0C indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. ES0D indicates usage by IBM i. Limitation: can not be used in #5802/#5803 I/O drawers or in system unit SFF SAS bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers. Also drive was not tested with 512 byte sectors and thus JBOD mode for AIX/Linux is not supported
(#ESC0) - S&H - No ChargeNo charge shipping and handling.
(#ESC7) - S&HShipping and handling.
(#ESRA) - Four ES0A 387GB SFF-1 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLCQuantity 4 of feature ES0A.
(#ESRB) - Four ES0B 387GB SFF-1 SSD for IBM i with eMLCQuantity 4 of feature ES0B
(#ESRC) - Four ES0C 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLCQuantity 4 of feature ES0C
(#ESRD) - Four ES0D 387GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i with eMLCQuantity 4 of feature ES0D
(#EUC6) - Core Use HW FeatureA Service Provider (SP) under a "revenue payment" contract with IBM pays IBM a percentage of revenue generated on their infrastructure used to deliver cloud services. The contract stipulates that each quarter the service provider calculates the amount due IBM and then puchases a quantity of features that satisfies the required payment. Each occurance of this feature represents one billing unit.
(#EU01) - 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (#EU01) provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in USB Internal and External Docking Station for Removable RDX Disk Drive. (#1103, #1104 or 1123) docking station. 1TB is uncompressed. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU01 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.
(#EU03) RDX USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk CartridgeUSB Internal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable disk cartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective rugged cartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station provides saves, restores and backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. The drive is controlled by an internal USB port in the system unit. CCIN: 632C-0D4 #EU03 is a follow on product to the #1103 RDX docking station. #EU03 has identical function and performance to the external #EU04 RDX docking station. #EU03 is controlled by an internal USB port in the system unit.
(#EU04) RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk CartridgeUSB Eternal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable disk cartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective rugged cartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. CCIN: 632C-0D4 #EU04 is a follow on product to the #1104 RDX docking station. #EU04 has identical function and performance to the internal #EU03 RDX docking station.
(#EU07) RDX SATA Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk CartridgeSATA Internal Docking Station accommodates RDX removable disk cartridge of any capacity. The disk are in a protective rugged cartridge enclosure that plug into the docking station. The docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes. CCIN: 632C-0D4 Note the SATA RDX docking station is functionally identical to the USB RDX docking station. The SATA interface is controlled by internal SAS/SATA controller of the system unit.
(#EU08) - RDX 320 GB Removable Disk DriveProvides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX docking station such as #1123, #1103 or #1104. Capacity is 320 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be GB.640 GB Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU08 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.
(#EU15) - 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive CartridgeThe 1.5 TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge provides a RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External Docking Station such as (#1103, #1104 or #1123, #EU03, #EU04 ,#EU23, or #EU07. 1.5TB is uncompressed. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature EU015 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.
(#EU16) - 80/160GB DAT160 USB Tape DriveThe Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/ restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen6 tape drive uses the larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio). This drive attaches internally to the USB port of the console of the server (no visible external cable). The USB port on the console is not available for other connections when #EU16 is installed. This USB connection differs from SAS #5619 DAT160 Tape Drive which attaches to the integrated SAS adapter in the server. Thus the USB DAT160 helps avoid tape/disk bandwidth contention possible with a SAS DAT160 drive. Characteristics
Feature ExchangesNot available.
None. Customer Replacement PartsNone.
Not available.
None. Supplemental MediaTrademarks(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. ** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others. Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
|
Product Life Cycle Dates